Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Brocade Adapters
Administrators Guide
Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010, 1007 Supporting HBA models 1867, 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Supporting Fabric Adapter model 1860
Copyright 2008- 2012 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, Brocade Assurance, the B-wing symbol, DCX, Fabric OS, MLX, SAN Health, VCS, and VDX are registered trademarks, and AnyIO, Brocade One, CloudPlex, Effortless Networking, ICX, NET Health, OpenScript, and The Effortless Network are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries. Other brands, products, or service names mentioned may be trademarks of their respective owners. Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability. Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government. The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. shall have no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained in this book or the computer programs that accompany it. The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd.
European Headquarters Brocade Communications Switzerland Srl Centre Swissair Tour B - 4me tage 29, Route de l'Aroport Case Postale 105 CH-1215 Genve 15 Switzerland Tel: +41 22 799 5640 Fax: +41 22 799 5641 E-mail: emea-info@brocade.com
Document History
Title
Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 425, 415 Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting CNA models 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 425, 415
Publication number
53-1000881-01
Summary of changes
New document
Date
June 2008
53-1001256-01
Updates to support new features: Boot over SAN for the CNA Windows NIC Teaming Target Rate Limiting on the CNA Interrupt Coalescing on the CNA Network Priority BCU commands to support the new features Updates to support the Brocade adapters.
September 2009
Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting CNA models 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 425, 415 Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting CNA models 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415
53-1001587-01
May 2010
53-1001923-01
Updates to support the new CNA features: September 2010 FC trunking PXE boot enable/disable Message timeout FCP-IM IO profile support Update driver Teaming VLAN Statistics updates for DCB, Ethernet Port, FCoE, FCP IM Module, IOC, Firmware, Port, Realtime for DCB Port, Logical Port Updates to support the Brocade 1741 adapter. November 2010
Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010, 1007 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Supporting Fabric Adapter model 1860
53-1001923-02
53-1002143-01
New configuration features: Creating teams with vNICs vHBA and vNIC New statistics dialog boxes: vNIC statistics vHBA statistics Port statistics with new counters Added vNIC, vHBA, FCPIM BCU commands Changed existing BCU commands to support new features
July 2011
iii
Title
Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010, 1007 Supporting HBA models 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Supporting Fabric Adapter model 1860
Publication number
53-1002322-01
Summary of changes
New configuration feature: Fabric Assigned Port World Wide Name (FA-PWWN) Changed configuration feature: Target rate limiting default value changed from 2 Gbps to 1Gbps New configuration features: IO execution throttle D_Port (diagnostics port) Open Source PXE (gPXE) IBM virtual fabric QoS set by percentage ESXi management Queue depth adjustment vNIC minimum bandwidth Bootup delay Synthetic-FC
Date
January 2012
Brocade Adapters Administrators Guide 53-1002608-01 Supporting CNA models 1741, 1020, 1010, 1007 Supporting HBA models 1867, 825, 815, 804, 425, 415 Supporting Fabric Adapter model 1860
June 2012
iv
Contents
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
HCM main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Legend Help menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 HCM product icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Event severity icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Setting up out-of-band discovery for an adapter . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Logging off HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Chapter 3
Adapter Configuration
Features supported on all adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Host security authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Basic port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Port logging level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Port speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Frame data field size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Persistent binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Target rate limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 FCP-IM profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 FC trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Virtual port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 IO execution throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Queue Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HCM logging levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Configure Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Boot over SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Stateless boot with ESXi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 LUN masking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Adapter software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Features supported on the HBA and Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . .62 QoS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Path timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Fabric-Assigned Port World Wide Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Features supported on the CNA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Ethernet port configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 PXE BIOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Teaming configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 VLAN configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Features supported on the Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Virtual HBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Virtual NICs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 gPXE boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Chapter 4
Monitoring
Statistics monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Controlling the polling frequency rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Resetting statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 1 No statistics are available for LUNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
vi
Real-time performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Historical performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Filtering event log entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Application Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Syslog support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Registering a Syslog host server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Removing a Syslog host server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Syslog host configuration using VMware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Chapter 5
Diagnostics
Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Running a port test using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Running a protocol-level test using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Displaying test log details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Fibre Channel diagnostics using BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 diag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 fcdiag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Ethernet diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Running an Ethernet test using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Running an Ethernet test using the BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Beaconing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Configuring beaconing using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Configuring beaconing using the BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 SFP management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Displaying SFP information using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Displaying SFP information using the BCU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 D_Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 How does D_Port work? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 supportSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 supportSave output default locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 supportSave collection sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Automatic statistics collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Initiating supportSave using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Initiating supportSave through a port crash event . . . . . . . . .109 Initiating supportSave collection using a command prompt .109 Initiating supportSave using an Internet browser . . . . . . . . . .109
Appendix A
vii
Configure Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 DCB properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Event Properties dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Fabric Statistics dialog box (HBA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 FC port properties panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 FCoE port properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 FCP IM Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 FCP IM IOP Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Firmware Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 HBA Properties panel (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 LLDP Properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Logical Port Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 LPORT Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Master Log tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Master Log Filter dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 Persistent Binding dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Physical Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 Port POM Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Port Statistics dialog box (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169 Protocol Tests dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 QoS Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Real-time Performance Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Remote Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 SFP Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Target Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Test Log Details dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 vHBA properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . .187 Virtual Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Virtual Port Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
viii
VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 vNIC properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . . . .197
Appendix B
Index
ix
Tables
Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19
Brocade Fibre Channel HBA models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Brocade Fibre Channel CNA models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Brocade Fabric Adapter models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Default PF configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 HCM tree pop-up menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Adapter operating system support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 HCM product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 HCM Master Log icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Basic port configuration options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Port speed options for supported Brocade adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Statistics monitored by component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Master Log fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Hardware-level test parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Fibre Channel diag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 fcdiag commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Ethernet test options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 supportSave categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 supportSave collection sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 BCU command summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
xi
xii
Figures
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36
HCM Login dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Change HCM Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Change HCM Agent Password dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Restore Data dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Host Connectivity Manager main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Setup for Discovery dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (adapter level) dialog box . . . . . 29 Basic Port Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 vHBA Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 vHBA Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Virtual Port Creation dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Configure HCM Logging Levels dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Define Name dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Configure Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Duplicated Names dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Boot-over-SAN tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 LUN Masking tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Add LUN Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Adapter Software dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Eth Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Basic Port Configuration dialog boxPXE Boot tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Teaming Configuration dialog box (with VLAN support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Teaming Configuration dialog box with virtual NICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 VLAN Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Add VLAN dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 VLAN Configuration dialog box with Port VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 VLAN Configuration conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Edit VLAN dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Remove VLAN warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 vHBA Configuration dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Reset statistics warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Realtime Performance dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Historical Performance dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Master Log Filter dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 HCM Application Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Syslog Server Configuration dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
xiii
Hardware-level diagnostic tests dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Protocol-level diagnostic tests dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Test Log Details dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Ethernet Tests dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 SFP Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
xiv
In this section
How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Related documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Getting technical help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv xvi xvii xvii xix xx
Chapter 2, Getting Started with HCM Software explains how to launch the management
software, set security passwords, discover SAN components, and log out.
Chapter 4, Monitoring, describes the HCM monitoring features. Chapter 5, Diagnostics describes the non-destructive group of diagnostic commands that
can be run from the BCU or the GUI.
Appendix A, HCM Dialog Boxes lists the fields that are associated with the HCM GUI and
provides a definition for each field.
Appendix B, Brocade Command Line Utility provides reference information for the Host
Connectivity Manager (HCM) commands that can be run from the Brocade Command Utility (BCU).
xv
Document conventions
This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this document.
Text formatting
The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows: bold text Identifies command names Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements Identifies keywords and operands Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI Provides emphasis Identifies variables Identifies paths and Internet addresses Identifies document titles Identifies CLI output Identifies command syntax examples
italic text
code text
For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is often all lowercase. Otherwise, this manual specifically notes those cases in which a command is casesensitive.
NOTE
A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information.
ATTENTION
An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data.
CAUTION A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or data.
DANGER A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.
xvi
Key terms
For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the Brocade Glossary. For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online dictionary at: http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary
Related documentation
This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation that you might find helpful.
Brocade resources
To get up-to-the-minute information, go to http://my.brocade.com and register at no cost for a user ID and password.
xvii
Adapters
For adapter resources, such as product information, software, firmware, and documentation, visit the adapters website and complete the following steps: 1. Go to www.brocade.com/adapters. 2. Navigate to the Downloads page. The Downloads and Documentation page displays for the selected adapter. 3. Select your operating system from the list or download the ISO image. For additional information on Brocade adapters, refer to the following publications:
Brocade Adapters Troubleshooting Guide Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual Brocade FCoE CNA Quick Installation Guide Brocade Fibre Channel HBA Quick Installation Guide Brocade Fabric Adapters Quick Installation Guide CIM Provider for Brocade Adapters Installation Guide CIM Provider for Brocade Adapters Developers Guide
FCoE platforms
For information on the Brocade FCoE switch for connecting stand-up CNAs, refer to the following publications:
Converged Enhanced Ethernet Command Reference Converged Enhanced Ethernet Administrators Guide Fabric OS Command Reference Manual Fabric OS Administrators Guide Brocade VDX 6720 Hardware Reference Manual Brocade Network Advisor Users Guide
SAN
For practical discussions about SAN design, implementation, and maintenance, you can obtain Building SANs with Brocade Fabric Switches through: http://www.amazon.com White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website at: http://www.brocade.com/products-solutions/products/index.page
xviii
Additional information
For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade SAN Info Center and click the Resource Library location: http://www.brocade.com Release notes are available on the MyBrocade website and are also bundled with the Fabric OS firmware.
Adapter model and serial number Adapter operating system version Error numbers and messages received supportSave command output Detailed description of the problem, including the switch or fabric behavior immediately following the problem, and specific questions
Description of any troubleshooting steps already performed and the results Serial console and Telnet session logs Syslog message logs
xix
Document feedback
Quality is our first priority at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to: documentation@brocade.com Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement.
xx
Chapter
In this section
HCM software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Adapter types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AnyIOTM technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Tree node pop-up menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Adapter support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
HCM software
The Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) is a management software application for configuring, monitoring, and troubleshooting Brocade host bus adapters (HBAs), converged network adapters (CNAs), and fabric adapters in a storage area network (SAN) environment. The management software has two components:
The agent, which runs on the host The management console, which is the graphical user interface client used to manage the
adapter The information in this guide is intended for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), field service personnel, and customers who are installing Brocade hardware and HCM software. For instructions about how to install the HCM software, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. You can manage the software on the host or remotely from another host. The communication between the management console and the agent is managed using JSON-RPC over HTTPS. All HCM, utility, CIM Provider, boot software, driver installation packages, and the Driver Update Disk (DUD), are described in the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual.
NOTE
Adapter types
Adapter types
The following sections describe the three Brocade adapter types:
TABLE 1
Model number
Number of ports
2 2 1 2
2 1
A 4 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 815 or 825 HBAs allows 4, 2, or 1 Gbps speed only. Brocade 804 mezzanine cards connect to the embedded switch modules or embedded interconnect modules on the blade system chassis by way of an internal backplane and, therefore, no optical modules (SFP transceivers) are involved. With the exception of no SFP transceivers, the Brocade 804 mezzanine FC HBA card functions the same as the other Brocade HBAs. 3 An 8 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 425 or 415 HBAs allows 4 or 2 Gbps speed only.
Using Brocade HBAs, you can connect your server (host system) to devices on the Fibre Channel SAN. The combined high performance and proven reliability of a single-ASIC design makes these HBAs ideal for connecting hosts to SAN fabrics based on Brocade Fabric or M-Enterprise operating systems.
Adapter types
TABLE 2
Model number
Number of ports
2 2 1 2
Adapter type
Expansion Stand-up Stand-up Expansion
The Brocade 1741M-k and Brocade 1007 are two-port 10 GbE converged network adapters that mount on a blade server that installs in a system enclosure. The adapter uses FCoE to converge standard data and storage networking data onto a shared Ethernet link. Ethernet and Fibre Channel communication are routed through the DCB ports on the adapter to the blade system enclosure midplane and onto the installed switch modules installed in the enclosure. For information on installing the Brocade converged network adapters on a blade server, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Guide.
Brocade CNAs combine the functions of a Host Bus Adapter (HBA) and Network Interface Card (NIC) on one PCIe x 8 card. The CNAs appear as NICs and Fibre Channel adapters to the host. These CNAs fully support FCoE protocols and allow Fibre Channel traffic to converge onto 10 Gbps Data Center Bridging (DCB) networks. FCoE and 10 Gbps DCB operations are simultaneous. The combined high performance and proven reliability of a single-ASIC design makes these CNAs ideal for connecting host systems on Ethernet networks to SAN fabrics based on Brocade Fabric or M-Enterprise operating systems.
NOTE
The Brocade 1741M-k and Brocade 1007 CNAs connect to the embedded switch modules or embedded interconnect modules on the blade system chassis by way of an internal backplane and, therefore, no optical modules (SFP transceivers) are involved. With the exception of no SFP transceivers, the Brocade 1741M-k and Brocade 1007 CNAs function the same as the other Brocade CNAs.
Fabric Adapters
Table 3 describes the available Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter model. The Brocade 1860 provides dual mode support for the port. You can configure the port mode as a 16 Gbps Fibre Channel (FC) HBA and a 10 Gbps CNA mode using the Brocade Command Utility (BCU).
TABLE 3
Model number
Number of ports
1 2
AnyIOTM technology
AnyIOTM technology
Although the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter can be purchased with a variety of small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver configurations, you can change port function to the following modes using Brocade AnyIOTM technology, provided the correct SFP transceiver is installed for the port:
HBA or Fibre Channel modeThis mode provides Host Bus Adapter (HBA) functions on a single
port so that you can connect your host system to devices on the Fibre Channel SAN. Ports with 8 Gbps SFP transceivers configured in HBA mode can operate at 2, 4, or 8 Gbps. Ports with 16 Gbps SFP transceivers configured in HBA mode can operate at 2, 4, 8, or 16 Gbps. Fabric Adapter ports set in HBA mode appear as FC ports when discovered in HCM. They appear as FC HBA to the operating system.
Ethernet or NIC modeThis mode supports basic Ethernet, Data Center Bridging (DCB), and
other protocols that operate over DCB to provide functions on a single port that are traditionally provided by an Ethernet Network Interface Card (NIC). Ports configured in this mode can operate up to 10 Gbps. Fabric Adapters that ship from the factory with 10GbE SFP transceivers installed or no SFP transceivers installed are configured for Ethernet mode by default. Fabric Adapter ports set in NIC mode appear as Ethernet ports when discovered in HCM. These ports appear as 10 GbE NIC to the operating system.
CNA modeThis mode provides all functions of Ethernet or NIC mode, plus adds support for
FCoE features. A 10 GbE SFP+ transceiver must be installed for the port. Ports configured in CNA mode connect to an FCoE switch. The port provides all traditional CNA functions for allowing Fibre Channel traffic to converge onto 10 Gbps DCB networks. The ports appear as network interface controllers (NICs) and Fibre Channel adapters to the host. FCoE and 10 GbE operations run simultaneously. Fabric Adapter ports set in CNA mode appear as FCoE ports when discovered in HCM. These ports appear as 10 GbE NIC to the operating system.
The bcu port - -mode command allows you to change the mode of individual ports on the
adapter.
The bcu adapter - -mode command allows you to change all ports on the adapter to a specific
AnyIO mode. For more information on these commands, refer to Appendix B, Brocade Command Line Utility. For general steps to change a ports mode and information on drivers, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual.
NOTE
For Windows systems, you must install the drivers for the new mode after the system is rebooted. This is not required if the appropriate driver is already pre-installed in the system. When you change the port mode, the port resets to factory defaults for physical functions (PF) associated with the mode. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for complete information on installing drivers.
AnyIOTM technology
Discovery using the agent software running on the servers attached to the SAN, which enables
you to contact the devices in your SAN.
Configuration management, which enables you to configure local and remote systems. Diagnostics, which enables you to test the adapters and the devices to which they are
connected:
Link status of each adapter and its attached devices Loopback test, which is external to the adapter, to evaluate the ports (transmit and receive transceivers) and the error rate on the adapter Read/write buffer test, which tests the link between the adapter and its devices FC protocol tests, including echo, ping, and trace route Ethernet loopback test (CNA only)
Monitoring, which provides statistics for the SAN components. Security, which enables you to specify a CHAP secret and configure authentication parameters. Event notifications, which provide asynchronous notification of various conditions and
problems through a user-defined event filter.
Target rate limiting, which relies on the storage driver to determine the speed capability of a
discovered remote port, then uses this information to throttle the FCP traffic rates to slow-draining targets. This reduces or eliminates network congestion and alleviates I/O slowdowns on faster targets. Target rate limiting is enforced on all targets that are operating at a speed lower than that of the target with the highest speed. If the driver is unable to determine a remote ports speed, 1 Gbps is assumed. You can change the default speed using BCU commands. Target rate limiting protects only FCP write traffic.
Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP), which provides device authentication through key
management.
End-to-end beaconing between an adapter port and switch port to which it connects (requires
Brocade Fabric OS 6.3.x or later).
Boot over SAN, which provides the ability to boot the host operating system from a boot device
located somewhere on the SAN instead of the hosts local disk or direct attached storage. Specifically, this boot device is a logical unit number (LUN) located on a storage device.
Fabric-based boot LUN discovery, which allows the host to obtain boot LUN information from
the fabric zone database.
Persistent binding, which enables you to permanently assign a system SCSI target ID to a
specific Fibre Channel device. The persistent binding feature is supported only on Windows-based OS versions.
AnyIOTM technology
Interrupt Coalescing, which provides a method to delay generation of host interrupts and
thereby combine (coalesce) processing of multiple events. This reduces the interrupt processing rate and reduces the time that the CPU spends on context switching. You can configure the following parameters per port to adjust interrupt coalescing:
Interrupt time delay. There is a time delay during which the host generates interrupts. You can increase this delay time and thereby coalesce multiple interrupts events into one. This results in fewer interrupts for interrupt events. Interrupt latency timer. An interrupt is generated when no new reply message requests occur after a specific time period. You can adjust this time period and thereby minimize I/O latency.
Interrupt Moderation, which implements dynamic selection interrupt coalescing values based
on traffic and system load profiles. Traffic is continuously monitored to place it in categories between high throughput sensitive and high latency sensitive. Similarly, the host system is monitored regularly to place it in categories between highly loaded and minimally loaded. The driver dynamically selects interrupt coalescing values based on this profiling.
Management APIs for integration with Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) and other management
frameworks.
Small form-factor pluggable (SFP and SFP+) optics for enhanced serviceability.
HBA-only features
Brocade host bus adapters (HBAs) support the following features:
N_Port Trunking, which enables trunking multiple physical ports to form a single logical port,
which serves as a thick, resilient pipe (for example, two 8 Gbps ports to form a 16 Gbps port). N_Port Trunking provides the benefits of simplified management with configuration tasks such as zoning because you need to specify only one WWN rather than two WWNs. With any single link failure between an HBA port and the switch, the second HBA port takes over the communication between the HBA port and the switch and this operation is transparent to the host, as both HBA ports share the same FCID.
NOTE
N_Port trunking is not supported on mezzanine cards. This feature works in conjunction with the trunking feature on Brocade switches. See FC trunking on page 40 for more information. N_Port trunking is supported on 4, 8, and 16 Gbps ports. All ports to be trunked must be set to the same speed. The following licenses must be installed on the switch connected to the HBA port:
End-to-end Quality of Service (QoS), which works in conjunction with the QoS feature on
Brocade switches to assign high, medium (default), or low traffic priority to a given source or destination traffic flow. This feature is supported only on 8 and 16 Gbps ports installed on switch models that use Fabric OS 6.2 or later. The following licenses must be installed on the FCoE switch connected to the CNA port:
AnyIOTM technology
To determine if these licenses are installed on the connected switch, execute the Fabric OS licenseshow command on that switch. For more information about Fabric OS commands and QoS support, refer to the Fabric OS Administrators Guide.
CNA-only features
Brocade converged network adapters (CNAs) support the following features:
10 Gbps throughput per port full duplex 2500 or 9000-byte (Jumbo) frames
These frames allow data to be transferred with less effort, reduces CPU utilization, and increases throughput. Mini-jumbo frames are required to encapsulate FCoE frames on DCB.
NOTE
The jumbo frame size set for the driver cannot be greater than the setting on the attached FCoE switch or the switch cannot accept jumbo frames.
AnyIOTM technology
Failover mode provides fault tolerance. Only one port in a team is active at a time (primary port), and the others are in standby mode. If the primary port goes down, a secondary port is chosen using a round-robin algorithm as the next primary. This port continues to be primary, even if the original primary port returns. Failback mode is an extension of the failover mode. In addition to the events that occur during a normal failover, if the original primary port comes back up, that port again becomes the primary port. 802.3ad is an IEEE specification that includes Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) as a method to control how several physical ports bundle to form a single logical channel. LACP allows a network device to negotiate automatic bundling of links by sending LACP packets to the peer (a device directly connected to a device that also implements LACP). This mode provides larger bandwidth in fault tolerance.
Be aware when configuring ports for teaming that converged FCoE and network traffic is not supported on ports that participate in an IEEE 802.3ad-based team. This must be enforced by the user as there is no mechanism to control this in the software.
Network priority
The CNA supports this feature, which provides a mechanism to enable DCB flow control (802.1Qbb Priority-based Flow Control: Pause 802.1p) on network traffic. In addition, it guarantees mutual exclusion of FCoE and network priorities to ensure proper enhanced transmission selection (ETS). This feature is not supported on HBAs. This feature does not need to be enabled on the CNA or switch. Specific DCB attributes, including priorities for FCoE traffic, are configured on the FCoE switch. These attributes propagate to the CNA DCB port through the DCBCXP. CNA firmware processes this information and derives priorities for network traffic. The driver is notified of the network priority and tags both FCoE and network frames with their priorities.
AnyIOTM technology
VLAN (802.1Q)
A Virtual LAN (VLAN) is a way to provide segmentation of an Ethernet network. A VLAN is a group of hosts with a common set of requirements that communicate as if they were attached to the same LAN segment, regardless of their physical location. A VLAN has the same attributes as a physical LAN, but it allows for end stations to be logically grouped together. The CNA supports multiple VLANs on ports.
BIOS support: - x86 and x64 Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) - Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) - PCI BIOS 2.1 or later gPXE
This is an open source feature that allows systems without network PXE support to boot over the network. It enhances existing PXE environments using Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) with additonal protocols such as Domain Name System (DNS), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP), and Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI). For more information, refer to gPXE boot on page 140.
Diagnostics, which enables you to test the adapters and the devices to which they are
connected:
Replace one server with another server, or replace failed HBAs within a server, without having
to change any zoning or LUN mapping/masking configurations.
Easily move servers across ports or Access Gateways by way of reassigning the FA-PWWN to
another port.
AnyIOTM technology
Use FA-PWWN to represent a server in boot LUN zone configurations so that any physical
server that is mapped to this FA-PWWN can boot from that LUN, thus simplifying boot over SAN configuration. For the server to use this feature, it must be using a Brocade HBA with HBA driver version 3.0.0.0 or later. Some configuration of the HBA must be performed to use FA-PWWN. Refer to Fabric-Assigned Port World Wide Name on page 64 for configuration information. Configure FA-PWWN on connected switches using Fabric OS commands. For configuration procedures and detailed information on this feature, requirements, and supported switches and configurations, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administrators Guide.
AnyIOTM support
The Brocade AnyIOTM technology enables the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter to combine a Fibre Channel HBA, a CNA, and a NIC in a single adapter. You can choose, on a port-by-port basis, the connectivity protocol. Each port on the Brocade 1860 can be independently configured in any of the following modes:
HBA modeAppears as an FC HBA to the operating system. It supports 16, 8, and 4 Gbps Fibre
Channel when using a 16 Gbps SFP+ and 8, 4, or 2 Gbps when using an 8 Gbps SFP+.
NIC modeAppears as a 10 GbE NIC to the operating system. It supports 10 GbE with DCB,
iSCSI, and TCP/IP simultaneously.
CNA modeAppears as two independent devices: an FC HBA (using FCoE) and a 10 GbE NIC to
the operating system. It supports 10 GbE with DCB, FCoE, iSCSI, and TCP/IP simultaneously. Although the Brocade 1860 is initially configured with a default mode of either a Fibre Channel adapter or a CNA or NIC adapter on all ports, you can change one or both ports to another mode. You can then configure the physical functions (PFs) associated with the physical base port to the appropriate mode (FC or Ethernet). Table 4 shows the default PF configurations for the various modes.
TABLE 4
Mode
HBA CNA NIC
Default PF configurations
Number of PFs configured per port
1 2 1
PF configuration
FC Ethernet + FCoE Ethernet
10
AnyIOTM technology
vNIC
The vNIC BCU commands enable you to configure a single physical CNA Ethernet port into multiple virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs). The Ethernet port must be configured as a CNA or NIC. Virtual NICs are supported only on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC. For a port configured as a NIC, four vNICs can be configured. For a port configured as a CNA, one vHBA and 3 vNICs canbe configured. Refer to Virtual NICs on page 80 for HCM configuration information and to vnic on page 292 for BCU configuration information.
vHBA
For this release, multiple virtual HBAs (vHBAs) are not supported. You can, however, configure the physical base port as a vHBA. The Target Rate Limiting, Quality of Service (QoS), and Boot over SAN features can be configured on the vHBA. Refer to Virtual HBAs on page 78 for configuration information.
Windows-specific features
The following limitations exist on Windows versions earlier than 8.0:
Only 16-byte command descriptor blocks (CDBs) are supported. There is no support for bi-directional CDBs.
For Windows Server 2012 and later, support is available for the following:
16-byte CDBs and greater (32-byte and variable length CDBs) Bi-directional CDBs More than 254 I/Os per LUN New addressing scheme Synthetic Fibre Channel Ports For Windows Server 2012, guest operating systems (virtual machines) running on Hyper-V can detect and manage Fibre Channel ports. The HBAs or Fabric adapter ports configured in HBA mode that are presented to the virtual machines (VMs) are called synthetic FC ports. L_Port and V_Port classes in the BCU are enhanced to capture synthetic FC port details. See lport on page 254 and vport on page 299 for examples.
Dump hibernation supportprovides a mechanism to detect the LUN containing the boot
partition, the paging file, and the hibernation file.
Windows Management Implementation (WMI). Windows Preinstallation Environment (WinPE), a minimal operating system with limited
services for Windows Server or Windows Vista used for unattended deployment of workstations and servers. WinPE is designed for use as a standalone pre-installation environment and as a component of other setup and recovery technologies. WinPE is supported by Brocade Windows 2008 drivers.
NOTE
11
NOTE
TABLE 5
FCoE Port
View Name Display > Name | WWN/MAC | Hardware Path Define/Configure Name Update Boot Image (using the Adapter Software dialog box) Update Driver (using the Adapter Software dialog box) Basic Port Configuration vHBA Configuration Virtual Port > Create | Delete Persistent Binding Diagnostics Enable FC Trunking Enable Adapter Enable Port FC-SP > Authentication | Authentication Statistics Beacon > Port | Link Authentication VLAN Configuration Change Password for Agent or HCM User Teaming (Windows only) Teaming for VLAN vNIC Create | Modify | Delete Queue Depth Execution Throttle
12
Base Port
DCB Port
HBA Port
FC Port
Host
CNA
Feature
Adapter support
TABLE 5
FCoE Port
HCM Logging Levels Syslog Monitor > Statistics > Teaming Monitor > Statistics > Port Monitor > Statistics > Port | Firmware | QoS Monitor > Statistics > vHBA Statistics Monitor > Statistics > vNIC Statistics | VLAN Statistics Monitor > Statistics > Fabric | vHBA Monitor > Logical Port Statistics Monitor > Statistics > Target | FCP IM Performance > Enable Historical Data Collection Performance > Real-time | Historical Statistics | Enable Historical Data Collection Support Save Backup HCM Data Restore > HCM Data | VLAN | Team
Adapter support
The adapters are supported on the operating systems listed in Table 6. HCM cannot be installed on Windows Server Core.
NOTE
TABLE 6
Type of adapter
Host Bus Adapter 815 825 415 425
8 Gbps HBA, 1 port 8 Gbps HBA, 2 port 4 Gbps HBA, 1 port 4 Gbps HBA, 2 port
Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris
Base Port
DCB Port
HBA Port
FC Port
Host
CNA
Feature
13
TABLE 6
804
Type of adapter
Converged Network Adapter 1741M 1007 1010 1020 Fabric Adapter 1860-1 16 Gbps FC HBA and/or 10 Gbps CNA or NIC Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for Dell Blade Server 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for IBM Blade Center 10 Gbps CNA, 1 port 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris Linux, Windows, VMware Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris Linux, Windows, VMware, Solaris
For a complete list of supported operating systems for the Ethernet link layer driver and the FC/FCoE driver, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual. For the latest support information, refer to the release notes for your adapter software version.
Use the Live CD that you can download from the Adapters web page at
www.brocade.com/adapters. For instructions on using the LiveCD, refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual.
14
Chapter
In this section
HCM software launch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HCM main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legend Help menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logging off HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15 21 23 24 26
Launching the application on Windows platforms Launching the application on Linux platforms Launching the application on Solaris platforms
FIGURE 1
The factory default user ID and password are Administrator and password. After you log in for the first time, you should change the default password to a new one using the HCM GUI.
15
If using a KDE shell, click the Host_Connectivity_Manager icon to launch the application.
OR Start the application from the command prompt using the following commands: suse116208:~ # cd /opt/brocade/adapter/client suse116208: ./Host_Connectivity_Manager
Remember password
The Login dialog box has a check box to remember the password. If you check the Remember password check box, you do not need to enter the password the next time you launch the application.
Skip login
Take one of the following actions to manage the Skip Login feature:
Enable Skip Login by checking the Skip Login Dialog check box.
If the Skip Login Dialog check box is checked, it automatically disables the Remember password option.
Select the Skip Login Dialog check box if you do not want the Login dialog box to appear the
next time the application is started.
16
You must validate your user identity by supplying your old password before you can change to a
new password. The new password must be different from the old password.
The password can begin with an alphabetic, numeric, or special character. The default minimum and maximum length of the password is 8 and 64 characters. You can
configure the password length in the HBAApplication.properties file: # min chars for the application password password_min=8 #max chars for the application password password_max=64 The password is encrypted and stored in the noitacitnehtua.properties file.
Complete the following steps to change the HCM password. 1. From the Host Connectivity Manager, select Configure > Change Password > Change Password for HCM User. The Change HCM Password dialog box, shown in Figure 2, displays.
FIGURE 2
2. Type the current password for the account. The default user name and password are Administrator and password. 3. Type the new password of the account. The new password must have at least one character different from the old password. 4. Retype the new password in the Confirm New password field. 5. Click OK. Both the user name and passwords are case-sensitive.
NOTE
17
You must validate your user identity by supplying your old password before you can change to a
new password. The new password must be different from the old password.
The password can begin with an alphabetic, numeric, or special character. The default minimum and maximum length of the password is 8 and 64 characters. You can
configure the password length in the HBAApplication.properties file: # min chars for the agent password agent_password_min=8 # max chars for the agent password agent_password_max=64
NOTE
The Agent password is stored in the agent.passwd file in the /opt/brocade/adapter/hbaagent/conf/ folder for Linux and Solaris and the c:\Program Files\Brocade\Adapter\Driver\util\hbaagent\conf folder for Windows. 1. From the Host Connectivity Manager, click Configure > Change Password > Change Agent Password. The Change HCM Agent Password dialog box, shown in Figure 3, displays.
FIGURE 3
2. Type the current password for the account. The default user name and password are admin and password. 3. Type the new password of the account. The new password must have at least one character different from the old password. 4. Retype the new password in the Confirm New password field. 5. Click OK. Both the user name and passwords are case-sensitive.
NOTE
18
Configuration data that is backed-up when prompted during software removal with the Adapter Software Uninstaller and when using the HCM Backup Data dialog box includes the following application configuration files:
NOTE
Use HCM 2.1 or later to restore backed-up data. HCM 2.0 and earlier versions do not support the Restore Data feature. The following data is restored:
HBA application configuration data (HBAApplication.properties) HCM user authentication data (noitacitnehtua.properties) Alias Configuration data (HbaAliasdb.properties) Setup Discovery data (SetupDiscovery.properties) Syslog data (Syslog.properties) HCM Logging data (Logging.properties and log4j.xml)
19
Backing up data
The Backup HCM Data dialog box, shown in Figure 4, allows you to create a backup of data and configuration files. 1. Select any device from the device tree and select Tool > Backup HCM Data from the main menu.
FIGURE 4
2. In the Output Directory field, enter the location of the directory in which you want to back up the data and configuration files. OR Click Browse to browse to the location of the backup directory. 3. Click Start Backup to instruct the system to back up the data and configuration files to the designated location. 4. Click Close to exit the dialog box.
NOTE
FIGURE 5
20
3. Click the Restore from previous backup data at option, and then click Browse and navigate to where the last backed-up file resides. OR Click the Restore default data option. If you click this option, the Browse field is grayed out and the last restored data file is automatically retrieved. 4. Click Start Restore. 5. Restart the HCM application for the restoration to take effect. The backed-up data that you selected is restored.
21
1 2 6
1. Menu bar 2. Device tree window 3. Master log 4. Online help 5. System information 6. Context view
FIGURE 6
22
TABLE 7
HBA online HBA offline CNA offline Port (with SFP) link up Port (with SFP) link down Port (without SFP) link up Port (without SFP) link down Pre-boot configured device FCoE Port
Beacon status
LUN
23
Discovery
TABLE 8
Icon
Discovery
Discovery enables you to contact the adapters present in a specified host in your SAN. The setup discovery profile is saved in the SetupDiscovery.properties file to remember the history of each host and related attributes of discovered hosts. When you log in to HCM, the specified host is automatically contacted (discovered) and displayed on the navigation tree. The local host is the default. When you configure and turn on discovery, the application discovers Brocade adapters in that host, connected to the SAN.
NOTE
The HCM application enables you to discover Brocade adapters, ports, virtual ports, remote ports, and LUNs using out-of-band discovery only.
24
Discovery
FIGURE 7
2. From the Host Name list, select a host to be managed. Initially, the Host Name list will contain only the Local host. You must specify the host name or the IP address for discovering the remote servers. Only previously-discovered servers are available in the Host Name list. 3. Select HCM Agent as the Contact option. or Select CIM server as the Contact option (ESXi systems only). CIM-based discovery is available for ESXi versions 4.1 and later. The CIM server transport does not support operating systems other than ESXi. 4. (Optional) Select HTTP or HTTPS from the Protocol list. Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) is the default. 5. Type the port number in the Port Number field. The default port for the HCM Agent is 34568. The default port for the CIM Server is 5989. 6. Type the user ID and password that will authenticate the SAN product with the agent and CIM Server. The default user ID and password for the HCM Agent are admin and password. It is recommended you change the agent password on the host for security reasons.
NOTE
Click the Remember Host check box if you do not want to type it each time you set up discovery.
25
7.
In the Polling Frequency (seconds) field, specify the value for how frequently the application has to poll for newly discovered devices. All parameters related to the adapters that are installed in that server are refreshed each time the poll occurs.
NOTE
If the Keep Polling check box is selected, polling occurs after the specified polling interval. If the check box is not selected, polling stops. 8. Click OK.
From the Host Connectivity Manager, click File > Exit. Click the X in the upper-right corner of the HCM window to close it.
26
Chapter
Adapter Configuration
In this section
Features supported on all adapters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features supported on the HBA and Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features supported on the CNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features supported on the Fabric Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27 62 65 78
Host security authentication on page 28 Basic port configuration on page 30 Port logging level on page 31 Port speed on page 32 Frame data field size on page 33 Persistent binding on page 33 Target rate limiting on page 37 FCP-IM profiles on page 38 FC trunking on page 40 Virtual port configuration on page 42 IO execution throttle on page 44 Queue Depth on page 46 HCM logging levels on page 46 Configure Names on page 47 Boot over SAN on page 54 LUN masking on page 58 Adapter software on page 60
27
NOTE
Security authentication is not supported on Solaris platforms.
NOTE
Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) configuration is not available for Solaris platforms. 1. Select the appropriate device based on how you want to configure security authentication:
From the host level, select the host from the device tree. From the HBA level, select the adapter from the device tree. From an HBA port, select a port from the device tree. Security authentication is not
supported on the DCB port or the Ethernet port. 2. Select Configure > Authentication from the main menu, or perform the appropriate following step to open the security authentication dialog box:
From the host level, right-click the host and select Authentication from the list.
The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (host level) dialog box displays, as shown in Figure 8. The adapter level and host level dialog boxes are not identical; the host level displays a list of identified adapters to the left of the port number.
From the adapter level, right-click the adapter and select Authentication from the list.
The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration (adapter level) dialog box displays.
From the adapter port level, right-click a port and select FC-SP > Authentication from the
list. The Fibre Channel Security Protocol Configuration dialog box at the port level displays.
28
FIGURE 8
3. Configure the following parameters on the Port Security Authentication tab: a. Select the Enable Authentication check box to enable or disable the authentication policy. If authentication is enabled, the port attempts to negotiate with the switch. If the switch does not participate in the authentication process, the port skips the authentication process. Type the CHAP secret and retype the secret. The minimum length is 8 alphanumeric characters and the maximum length is 40 alphanumeric characters for the CHAP secret. There are no default secrets. Select the algorithm type from the Algorithm list:
b.
c.
MD5 - A hashing algorithm that verifies a messages integrity using Message Digest
version 5.
SHA1 - A secure hashing algorithm that computes a 160-bit message digest for a data
file that is provided as input.
MD5SH1 - Similar to the MD5 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP
authentication.
SHA1MD5 - Similar to the SHA1 hashing algorithm, but used for DH-CHAP
authentication. d. Select DHNULL from the Group list (this is the only group that is supported). 4. Click Apply to apply the changes. 5. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box.
29
bcu auth - -algo <port_id> <md|sha1|ms|sm> bcu auth - -policy <port_id> <on|off> bcu auth - -secret <port_id> <secret string> bcu auth - -show <port_id> bcu auth - -stats <port_id> bcu auth - -statsclr <port_id>
NOTE
TABLE 9
Configure speed Note: The port speed can be configured only on HBA and Fabric Adapter ports in HBA mode. It cannot be configured on CNAs or Fabric Adapter ports in CNA or NIC mode. Frame data field size Persistent Binding Note: The persistent binding option is available on Windows platforms only. Fibre Channel arbitrated loop (no support for FC 16 Gbps) QoS (HBA and Fabric Adapter only) Path Timeout (vHBA only) Note: Path timeout value (pathtov) is valid for firmware version 2.0 and later. It is not supported on the Solaris operating system. Target Rate Limiting FCP-IM IO profile on (vHBA only)
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
30
FIGURE 9
31
Port speed
Port speed is the maximum amount of data that can pass through the port at a given second. The unit of measurement is in gigabits per second (Gbps). The available speed options depend on the HBAs speed and the ports SFP. Auto-negotiate is the recommended setting and it is the default. Maximum port speeds for Brocade adapters are listed in Table 10.
TABLE 10
Brocade adapter
Brocade 425/415 Brocade 825/815
Comments
An 8 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 425 or 415 HBAs allow 2 or 4 Gbps speeds only. A 4 Gbps SFP installed in Brocade 815 or 825 HBAs allows 4, 2, or 1 Gbps speed only. The 8 Gbps HBA supports the 1 Gbps speed at the driver level, but it does not support 1 Gbps in a BIOS/BOS configuration.
Brocade 804
8 Gbps
Dual-port mezzanine HBA with a per-port maximum of 8 Gbps. This HBA installs in server blades in supported HP blade system enclosures. 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for Dell Blade Server N/A 10 Gbps CNA, 2 port for IBM Blade Center Provides AnyIOTM support for the port. You can configure the port mode as a 16 Gbps Fibre Channel (FC) HBA and a 10 Gbps CNA using the BCU.
Brocade 1741M-k Brocade 1020/1010 Brocade 1007 Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter
NOTE
32
4. Click Yes to continue, or No to cancel the operation. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box.
NOTE
Persistent binding
Persistent binding is for Windows OS versions only. Persistent binding enables you to permanently assign a system SCSI target ID to a specific FC device. Persistent binding can be achieved by binding to world wide port name (WWPN), world wide node name (WWNN), or device ID (DID).
NOTE
33
NOTE
Persistent Binding is not available for Solaris, Linux, or VMware agents. 1. Select an adapter, adapter port, remote port, or virtual port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Persistent Binding The Persistent Binding dialog box, shown in Figure 10, displays.
FIGURE 10
34
3. Selected a target from the Associated Targets list and click Add. The Add Persistent Binding dialog box, as shown in Figure 11, displays.
FIGURE 11
4. Select the world wide name from the list of remote ports available to add as a persistent target ID. 5. Select a bus ID from the list. Valid values range from 0 through 7. The bus ID sets the physical connection SCSI bus number. 6. Select a target from the list. Valid target numbers are from 0 through 127. The target number assigns a system SCSI target ID to the specified world wide name of the specified FC device. 7. Click OK.
NOTE
FIGURE 12
35
3. Edit the bus ID by selecting a different value from the list. Valid values range from 0 through 7. The bus ID sets the physical connection SCSI bus number. 4. Edit the target from the list. Valid target numbers are from 0 through 127. The target number assigns a system SCSI target ID to the specified world wide name of the specified FC device. 5. Click OK.
bcu drvconf - -key pbind_enable [0|1] bcu drvconf - -key pbind_disable [0|1]
All Brocade stand-up FC adapters support FC-AL. FC-AL is not supported on CNAs. FC-AL is supported on Windows, Linux, and VMware platforms only. FC speeds of 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps are supported in loop mode. There is no support for
FC-AL at 16 Gbps.
36
You can set port topology in loop mode only if QoS, rate limiting, virtual port, and trunk are
disabled.
Auto-topology detection is not supported. Supported topology modes are point-to-point (p2p)
and loop.
37
Enabling and disabling rate limiting on the adapter side using HCM
Target rate limiting is supported only when the adapter port is connected to the fabric. Therefore, target rate limiting is not supported when the port is directly connected with another device, nor is it supported in conjunction with FC trunking. 1. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration from the Host Connectivity Manager. The Basic Port Configuration dialog box displays. 2. Enable the target rate limiting feature by clicking the corresponding check box. 3. Select the default rate limit from the list. Options include 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, and 4 Gbps. The default is 1 Gbps.
NOTE
The default rate limit shows 2, 4, and 8 Gbps speeds if the Brocade 1860 adapter is in FC mode. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box.
Enabling and disabling rate limiting on the adapter side using the BCU
Enter the following commands to enable or disable rate limiting on the adapter side:
NOTE
You must first enter the bcu port --disable <port_id> command, followed by the bcu port --enable <port_id> command, before the bcu ratelim --enable or bcu ratelim --disable commands take effect.
bcu ratelim --enable <port_id> bcu ratelim --disable <port_id> bcu ratelim --query <port_id> bcu ratelim --defspeed <port_id> [<1|2|4|8>]
FCP-IM profiles
Fibre Channel Protocol initiator mode (FCP-IM) profiling is used to gather the input/output (I/O) latency information based on I/O size. The I/O latency feature is turned on at the physical port level; however, profile data is gathered at the I-T nexus level. If the FCP-IM profile feature is turned on, the driver firmware categories the I/O latency data into average, minimum, and maximum categories for the following input/output (I/O) operations:
38
FIGURE 13
3. Enable the FCP-IM I/O profile on feature by clicking the corresponding check box. 4. Click Apply to activate the change. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box.
39
FC trunking
The FC trunking feature works in conjunction with the trunking feature on Brocade switches, whereby the Fabric Operating System (FOS) provides a mechanism to trunk different switch ports of the same port group into one. When FC trunking is enabled, two physical ports belonging to the same Brocade dual-port HBA are trunked together to form a logical Fibre Channel port. Both HBA ports must be operating at the same speed while in trunk mode. The following licenses must be installed on the switch connected to the HBA port:
When trunking is enabled, a trunked logical port (Port 0) is created and reported per adapter.
Most BCU commands are applicable in this logical port's context only.
Before enabling trunking on the adapter, you must first enable trunking on the connected
switch and assign the trunk area. Follow the steps in Enabling FC trunking on Brocade switches and adapters for configuring trunking on the switch and adapter.
Both adapter ports should be connected to the same port group on the switch. Only two ports on the same HBA can participate in trunking and both ports should be operating
at the same speed.
FC Trunking is supported on the dual-port cards only. FC Trunking is supported on FC Trunking ports installed on switch models using Fabric OS
6.4.1 or later.
b.
Disable the ports to be used for trunking using the portDisable command.
switch:admin> portdisable 3/40 switch:admin> portdisable 3/41
c.
2. On the host side, enable trunking as described in Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using HCM on page 42 or Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using the BCU on page 42. 3. On the switch side, enable the ports using the portEnable command.
switch:admin> portenable 3/40 switch:admin> portenable 3/41
40
On the adapter side, enter bcu trunk --query <adapter_ID>. On the switch side, enter switch:root> porttrunkarea --show <trunk|all>.
a.
Disable the trunk configuration on the ports using the portCfgTrunkPort command.
switch:admin> portcfgtrunkport 3/40 1 switch:admin> portcfgtrunkport 3/41 1
2. On the host side, disable trunking as described in Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using HCM on page 42 or Enabling and disabling FC trunking on adapters using the BCU on page 42. 3. On the switch side, enable the ports using the portEnable command.
switch:admin> portenable 3/40 switch:admin> portenable 3/41
41
For more information about basic trunk group configuration on a Brocade switch, refer to the Fabric OS Administrators Guide.
NOTE
bcu trunk - -enable <ad_id> bcu trunk - -disable <ad_id> bcu trunk - -query <ad_id>
Refer to trunk on page 286 for details about this command.
Vport persistency
The Vport persistency feature enables the persistence of Vport configurations so that the configured Vports are retained after a system reboot or driver upgrade. vPort persistency is supported on Linux and Windows platforms.
Vport restrictions
You cannot create a virtual port that already exists in the Names dialog box. If you need to
re-create a virtual port that has been deleted through an interface other than the currently-managing HCM or the virtual ports deleted on Linux servers reboot, you must first manually remove the virtual ports WWN from the Names dialog box in HCM. If you do not manually remove the virtual port from HCM, an error message displays that the virtual port already exists. See Removing a name entry on page 51 for instructions on how to manually remove a virtual port.
42
The HCM GUI should post an error message for duplicate virtual ports (detected in the
Vports.db file) and prompt the user to remove the duplicate, but it does not. Duplicate world wide names are not restricted when the BCU is used to create virtual ports. Do not use the BCU for virtual port management, because it does not handle duplicate virtual port WWNs. Use only the HCM GUI to manage virtual ports.
Virtual ports created in Windows environments are persistent across reboots. The virtual port
create and delete features are disabled for Solaris.
Physical port world wide name Virtual port world wide name - This WWN must be unique. Virtual node world wide name - The system returns the default node WWN, which is the
physical port node WWN.
NOTE
By default, the Use auto-generated check box is selected and the Generate Again button is enabled. You can edit the Virtual Port WWN field if Use auto-generated is selected.
FIGURE 14
3. (Optional) Enter a unique world wide name for the virtual port in the Virtual Port WWN field. The default node WWN is the physical port node WWN. You must manually change it to a unique WWN for the virtual port.
43
4. (Optional) Click the Use auto-generated check box to auto-generate the virtual port world wide name. By default, auto-generate is selected. Click Generate Again to regenerate the virtual port WWN and the virtual node WWN. 5. (Optional) Enter a unique world wide name for the virtual node in the Virtual Node WWN field. The default node WWN is the physical port WWN. You must manually change it to a unique WWN for the virtual port. 6. (Optional) Provide a symbolic name for the virtual port. 7. (Optional) Provide an alias name for the virtual port in the Name field. By creating an alias, you can assign a familiar name to a device or group multiple devices into a single name. This can simplify cumbersome data entry and allows an intuitive naming structure.
8. (Optional) Enter descriptive information about the virtual port in the Description field. 9. Click Apply to apply the changes. 10. Click OK to close the dialog box.
NOTE
Pre-boot-created virtual ports are not labeled. If the virtual port is pre-boot-created, the Delete check box is disabled. 1. Select a virtual port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Virtual Port > Delete from the main menu. OR Right-click the virtual port and select Virtual Port > Delete from the list. A warning message displays, asking for confirmation. 3. Click Apply to save the changes. 4. Click OK to exit the dialog box.
IO execution throttle
The IO execution throttle specifies the maximum number of simultaneous commands the adapter will send. Each adapter port can process a maximum of 2000 concurrent Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) exchanges. The IO execution throttle value allows you to control this number. Setting the IO throttle at an appropriate value reduces the number of exchanges and can prevent a QUEUE FULL error status.
NOTE
The IO throttle value is enforced by the adapter driver and it is applied at the adapter port rather than the LUN level (as with the queue depth value).
44
The Queue Depth feature is supported for all adapter classes configured in FC or FCoE mode (Windows operating systems only).
NOTE
NOTE
A system reboot or a driver reload is required for the value to take effect. Refer to fcpim on page 241 for details about this command.
NOTE
A system reboot or a driver reload is required for the value to take effect. Refer to fcpim on page 241 for details about this command.
45
Queue Depth
The LUN queue depth feature determines how many concurrent IOs the adapter will accept and process per LUN (not at the adapter port level, as with the IO throttle value). Not setting the queue depth to the optimal level can result in poor performance, where outstanding IO queuing can cause bottlenecks. For optimum performance, consider both the configuration settings of the HBA and the physical limits on the storage array. If you set the queue depth too low on the HBA it could lead to under-utilization of storage resources.
NOTE
The Queue Depth feature is supported for all adapter classes configured in FC or FCoE mode (Windows operating systems only).
FIGURE 15
1. Select an adapter from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Queue Depth. 3. Enter a queue depth value. The maximum queue depth value is 254 and the default is 32. 4. Click OK.
Agent communication log, where all messages are exchanged between the HCM GUI
application and the HCM agent.
46
FIGURE 16
3. From both the Agent Communication Log and the HCM Debug Log lists, select one of the following:
Trace Debug, which is the most verbose and the default Info Warning Error Fatal, which is the least verbose
Configure Names
The Host Connectivity Manager allows you to configure names as a method of providing familiar, simple names to world wide names for adapters, ports, virtual ports, and remote ports in the SAN. (A logical port can be a base port or a virtual port.) Only unique names are allowed. You can access the Define Name dialog box by right-clicking an adapter, port, remote port, or virtual port. You can access the Configure Names dialog box by selecting an HBA, an HBA port, or a virtual port, a CNA, or a DCB port from the device tree. You can perform the following name tasks using either the Configure Names dialog box or the Define Name dialog box:
NOTE
Associate a name that represents an adapter, port, virtual port, or remote port. Note the
following points about names:
Among all adapters, two cannot have duplicate names. Among all the ports, two cannot have duplicate names. A port and adapter can have the same name. You cannot associate a name for a storage device. Name changes on remote ports and virtual ports are sent to the .properties file local to the HCM application but are not sent to the agent.
47
Add a detached WWN and an associated name with type and operational status as Unknown. Remove or disassociate a name from a WWN.
Name validation
Note the following when you define a name:
The name cannot begin with a number. The name cannot begin with an underscore ( _ ) or hyphen ( - ), but an underscore or hyphen
character is allowed within the name; for example, name1_name-2.
No special characters are allowed, except for an underscore or hyphen. The maximum length of the name is 15 characters. The maximum length of the description is 80 characters.
Defining a name
The Define Name dialog box enables you to assign a name to an existing world wide name (WWN) or media access control (MAC) address. You cannot define a name on an FCoE port or an Ethernet port. 1. Select a device from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Define Name from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click an adapter, port, remote port, or virtual port. and select Define Name.
48
FIGURE 17
NOTE
The type of device is displayed in the Type list. 4. Enter a description of the device. 5. Click OK.
Name changes on the adapter and ports are sent to the agent and stored in the .properties
file.
Name changes on remote ports and virtual ports are sent to the .properties file local to the
HCM application but are not sent to the agent. 1. Select a host, adapter, or port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Names from the Host Connectivity Manager. OR Right-click a device from the device tree and select Configure > Names. The Configure Names dialog box, shown in Figure 18, displays all the discovered and detached (undiscovered) names.
49
FIGURE 18
3. Select a row and edit the name, the WWN, and the description, as needed. 4. Click OK.
5. Click OK to close the dialog box. The new component is added to the Name list.
50
Current Host All WWNs/MACs Only Nodes Only Ports Only Logical Ports Only Virtual Ports Only Remote Ports
A list of names for the devices you selected displays. 4. Select a device and click the Remove button to remove the discovered device from the list. The Remove button clears the name of the discovered WWN and the entire row of the detached (undiscovered) WWN. 5. Click OK to close the dialog box.
Current Host All WWNs/MACs Only Nodes Only Ports Only Logical Ports
51
Current Host All WWNs/MACs Only Nodes Only Ports Only Logical Ports Only Virtual Ports Only Remote Ports
3. Click the Import button. The Open dialog box displays. 4. Navigate to the location of the .csv, .properties, or .txt file from which you will import properties for the selected device. 5. Name the properties file, and click Open. 6. Click OK to close the dialog box.
52
53
2. Import a file with duplicate names in the Configure Names dialog box. The Duplicated Names dialog box displays.
FIGURE 19
3. Determine which method you will use to fix the name policy violation, and click the appropriate option:
Append unique suffix for all repetitive names - Click to instruct the software to add
incremental numbers to fix the duplicated names.
User/Administrator will manually fix - Change duplicate names using the procedure in
Editing the name fields on page 49. 4. Click OK.
NOTE
54
BIOS boot over SAN provides the ability for x86 and x86_64 systems to perform booting of the OS installed on the SCSI disk connected over the Fibre Channel SAN. The same BIOS capability is extended for the CNA on FCoE fabric with enhancements to the FCoE login process (FCF discover and FIP Log-in). The Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) device is also supported on the Brocade CNA. The maximum number of supported adapters (combined HBA and CNA) is limited to 16 and the maximum targets and LUNs that are displayed during discovery are limited to 256. After you have configured boot devices using the BIOS Configuration Utility, you can enable or disable BIOS for Boot over SAN, set boot options, and set the port speed using the HCM GUI. The port speed for the CNA is fixed at 10 Gbps. All configuration information is stored in flash memory.
Bootup delay
The Bootup Delay feature allows you to configure the delay to device discovery, offsetting the disk spinup delay time when servers and storage devices are powered on simultaneously. Configuring bootup delay using HCM You can configure values of 1, 2, 5, and 10 minutes by selecting the Bootup Delay value from the Boot-over-SAN dialog box (Figure 20). This adds a delay in discovering the boot LUN to help compensate for the time it takes storage systems to boot up. During storage system boot, boot LUNs are not visible to servers that are also booting up. Configuring bootup delay using the BCU Enter the following command to set the bootup delay value. bcu bios --enable <port_id> [-d bdelay] [-query] where: -d bdelay -query Specifies the bootup delay value. Valid values are 0, 1, 2, 5, and 10 minutes and the default value is 0 minutes. Displays the bootup delay value.
55
FIGURE 20
Boot-over-SAN tab
3. Click the BIOS Enable check box to enable Boot over SAN.
NOTE
Auto Negotiate is the only speed option for the 10 Gbps CNA. 4. From the Boot Option list, select one of the following:
Fabric Discovered - Enables Boot over SAN using boot LUN information stored in the fabric.
This is the default setting.
First Visible LUN - Enables Boot over SAN from the first discovered LUN in the SAN. User Configured LUNs - Allows the user to select and prioritize the remote target and LUN
for booting over SAN. 5. Select a value from the Bootup Delay list. Valid values are 0, 1, 2, 5, and 10 minutes and the default value is 0 minutes. 6. Select the Boot Device Port WWN row in the table, then click the up and down arrows to move the row up or down in the list. The host will attempt to boot from the first LUN in the list, and then move on to succeeding LUNs.
You can delete a row using the Delete button under the arrows. Click the Boot Device Port WWN and LUN fields to physically enter boot LUNs to the list.
These LUNs must be visible to the adapter to be accessible as boot LUNs. 7. Click OK. The Vendor Info, LUN Capacity, and Accessible status that correspond to the selected boot device and LUN display automatically.
56
Pre-boot configuration
Any parameters flagged with (Pre-boot) were configured using a blade system management application. You cannot use HCM to create or modify a pre-boot configuration. If the port has been pre-boot disabled, note the following:
The BIOS Enable check box is disabled. The pre-boot-configured LUNs in the Logical Unit Number column are displayed as <LUN wwn>
(Pre-boot). The maximum number of user-configured LUNs supported is four, and the maximum number of pre-boot-configured LUNs is eight.
NOTE
For the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card, the maximum number of boot LUNs supported in pre-boot configuration is two.
HCM
Refer to Configuring Boot over SAN on page 55 for instructions.
BCU
bcu bios --enable <port_id> [-s speed] [-t <topo>] [-o <auto|flash|firstlun>] [-p pos] {-b pwwn,lun} [-d bdelay] [-query] Refer to bios on page 215 for details about this command. Enter the following BCU command to provide the zone name and zone members to use as operands in the Fabric OS zonecreate command. bcu boot - -blunZone -c <cfg> -p <port_wwn> -r <rport_wwn> -l <lun_id | lun#> Refer to boot on page 218 for details about this command. 2. Configure the zone on the switch using the Fabric OS zoneCreate command. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual or the Fabric OS Administrators Guide for more information about creating zones.
57
LUN masking
LUN masking, configured on storage targets, establishes access control to shared storage. This provides traffic isolation between different initiators that are zoned in with the same storage target. Initiator-based LUN masking presents only those LUNs that are not masked by the user. Masking is similar to zoning, where the initiator port is allowed to see only configured LUNs. LUN masking is enabled at the physical port level. The LUN mapping occurs between remote ports and logical ports, identified by the port world wide names.
NOTE
The LUN Masking tab displays only if the storage driver is installed. You must ensure boot LUNs are masked-in to avoid boot failures.
FIGURE 21
4. Click the Enable LUN Masking check box. 5. Click Add. The Add LUN Configuration dialog box, as shown in Figure 22, displays, pre-populated with discovered values.
58
FIGURE 22
6. Select a logical port WWN from the list, or enter a valid logical port WWN in the list. 7. Select a remote port WWN from the list, or enter a valid remote port WWN in the list. 8. Select a logical unit number from the list, or enter a valid logical unit number in the list. The maximum number of added LUNS for LUN masking is 16. The LUN number on the target (identified by the remote port world wide name) is mapped to the initiator (identified by the logical port world wide name).
NOTE
59
Adapter software
The Adapter Software dialog box allows you to update the adapter driver and the boot image installed on the connected host to the latest version. The update from earlier versions is supported on HCM version 3.0 and later; downgrades to earlier HCM versions are not supported.
NOTE
When upgrading a VMware ESX 4.0 host from version 2.3 to 3.0, the ESX host must first be placed in maintenance mode before you install the adapter driver. ESX 4.0 is not supported in versions 3.1.0.0 and later. At the host level, both the driver and boot image update options are available. At the adapter level, the driver update option is disabled. The Solaris operating system requires a reboot for the newly-installed adapter driver update to take effect; therefore, HCM cannot validate that the installation is correct and this is reflected in the Installation Progress Details area, shown in Figure 23.
NOTE
FIGURE 23
2. Enter the filename of the updated driver in the Driver File field. OR Click the Browse button
60
3. Navigate to the location of the driver file to update, select the driver file, and click Open. The selected file uploads. If an error occurs during the uploading process, an error message displays. 4. Click the Start Update button. 5. Review the installation progress details to determine if the driver file installed successfully.
NOTE
Right-clicking a host downloads the boot image to all adapters that are installed on the
host.
Right-clicking an adapter downloads the boot image to the selected adapter only.
4. Click the Browse button and navigate to the location of the boot image (the folder to which you downloaded the boot code in step 1.) 5. Select the boot image and click Open. The selected file downloads. If an error occurs during the downloading process, an error message displays.
61
QoS Path timeout on page 63 Fabric-Assigned Port World Wide Name on page 64
QoS
The QoS feature is not supported on the converged network adapter (CNA). Quality of Service (QoS) works in conjunction with the QoS feature on Brocade switch F_Ports. The Fabric Operating System (FOS) provides a mechanism to assign traffic priority (high, medium, or low) for a given source and destination traffic flow. By default, all flows are marked as medium. This feature is supported only on 8 Gbps HBA ports and the Brocade 1860 16 Gbps Fabric Adapter in FC mode installed on specific switch models that use Fabric OS version 6.2 and later. The following licenses must be installed on the switch connected to each HBA port (edge switch):
NOTE
Enabled, online - QoS is established with the switch. Enabled, offline - QoS negotiation failed and QoS was not established with the switch. Possible
reasons for failure could be the license is not installed on the switch or QoS is not enabled on the port.
Disabled
You must first enter the bcu port --disable <port_id> command, followed by the bcu port --enable <port_id> command, before the bcu qos --enable or bcu qos --disable commands take effect.
NOTE
62
Enter the following commands to enable or disable QoS support on the HBA side and query its status:
bcu qos --enable <port_id> bcu qos --disable <port_id> bcu qos --query <port_id>
Enter the following commands to view QoS statistics or clear QoS statistics.
QoS by percentage
The QoS priority flow value extends QoS support by allowing the user to configure custom bandwidth values for High, Medium, and Low QoS priorities. The % value represents the bandwidth in percentage for each of the priorities (high, medium, and low) and the three values must equal 100%. The priority flow setting of the switch is 60 (high), 30 (medium), and 10 (low). If QoS is disabled and enabled again without providing the high, medium, and low bandwidth value, the default values are applied. The setting is applied only to write-only FC traffic. The read-only traffic uses the priority flow setting of the switch. Enter the following command to set the percentage of bandwidth for the QoS priorities. bcu qos --setbw <port_id> -h <%value> -m <%value> -l <%value> For example: To set the high percentage to 50%, medium to 35%, and low to 10% on port 1/0, enter the following command: bcu qos --setbw 1/0 -h 50 -m 35 -l 15
NOTE
NOTE
You must disable using the port --disable <port_id> command and re-enable the port using the port - -enable <port_id> command for the change to take effect.
Path timeout
With path timeout values (TOVs), you can either force an immediate failover (by setting the TOV to 0) or you can specify a delay in seconds (1 through 60 seconds). The path timeout feature is available only for vHBAs.
63
FIGURE 24
3. Specify the path timeout value in the Path Timeout field. The default timeout value (TOV) is 30 seconds. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box.
NOTE
64
The Brocade 5480 switch, functioning in Access Gateway (AG) mode, must be running Fabric
OS 7.0 or later.
The end switch must be running Fabric OS 7.0 or later and support the FA-PWWN feature. The pass-through module must be connected to a Brocade switch that is FA-PWWN capable. The FA-PWWN feature must be enabled on the Brocade 5480 switch and the end switch using
the faapwwn - -enable -ag AG WWN -port AG port command. Refer to the Fabric OS Command Reference for more information. The FA-PWWN feature cannot connect to an HP Virtual Connect module.
Ethernet port configuration PXE BIOS on page 66 Teaming configuration on page 68 VLAN configuration on page 73
65
FIGURE 25
3. Select a value from the Eth Logging Level list. Supported values are Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, and Log Info. 4. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box.
PXE BIOS
A Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) is a means to leverage Ethernet to acquire and launch files to successfully perform an action or a series of actions (for example, to install an operating system, to run diagnostics, to execute firmware update utilities, or to boot an entire operating system over the network). The PXE boot mechanism is embedded in the firmware of a converged network adapter (CNA). You can request a PXE boot as an alternative to booting from the local disk or the SAN (boot over SAN). Once PXE boot is initiated, the network adapter makes a DHCP request. The response includes the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client IP address for the network adapter and also includes the IP address of a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, along with a filename of a boot file. The boot file is retrieved over the network and then executed. The boot file then loads other files, such as configuration files and executable files. You can enable or disable PXE BIOS on a specific adapter port for booting over the network and configure a VLAN ID for the port to be used during network boot using HCM dialog box options and BCU commands,
66
Enabling VLAN during network boot requires support from the operating system and has not been fully validated due to operating system limitations.
NOTE
CNA CNA port Fabric Adapter port configured in CNA or NIC mode
2. Select Configure > Basic Port Configuration to display the Basic Port Configuration dialog box. 3. Select the PXE Boot tab to display network boot parameters, as shown in Figure 26.
FIGURE 26
4. Perform any or all of the following actions as appropriate for your needs: a. Click the PXE Boot enable check box to enable or disable BIOS. You must enable BIOS to support network boot for an adapter port. If disabled, the host system cannot boot from network systems. The default setting for the adapter boot BIOS is disabled. b. Enter a VLAN ID between 0 through 4094 for the port to be used during network boot.
NOTE
c.
VLAN configuration with PXE is not supported in driver versions 3.1 and later. Click OK to exit and save the values. All configuration values are stored to adapter flash memory.
67
You must enable BIOS to support network boot for an adapter port. If disabled, the host system cannot boot from network systems. The default setting for the adapter boot BIOS is disabled. We recommend to only enable one adapter port per host to boot over the network.
bcu ethboot --enable <port_id>
where: The port_id specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set network boot attributes. This could be the adapter_id/port_id, port PWWN, port name, or port hardware path.
where: The port_id specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set network boot attributes. This could be the adapter_id/port_id, port PWWN, port name, or port hardware path.
Enter a VLAN ID for a specific port for use when booting over the network:
bcu ethboot --vlan <port_id> <vlan_id>
where:
The port_id specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set network boot attributes. This
could be the adapter_id/port_id, port PWWN, port name, or port hardware path.
NOTE
Display the PXE configuration on the specified port using the following command:
bcu ethboot --query <port_id>
where: The port_id specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display configuration information. All configuration values are stored to adapter flash memory. Refer to ethboot on page 229 for instructions using the Brocade Command Line Utility.
NOTE
Teaming configuration
A network interface team is a collection of physical network (Ethernet) interfaces acting as a single interface. The primary benefits of teams are larger throughput, load balancing, and fault tolerance. The following parameters must match for all ports when a team is created or when a port is being added to the team:
Flow control Interrupt moderation Receive Side Scaling (RSS) Offload parameters Port VLAN ID
68
NOTE
Windows Server 2008 x86, x64, and R2 support VLANs, teaming, and VLANs on teams. Windows Server 2012 does not support VLANs and teaming. VLANs and teaming are supported on Linux, Solaris, and VMware, but are implemented by the OS vendors. If using Hyper-V Manager to create virtual machines along with teaming, you must create VLANs using Hyper-V manager. You cannot create them using the BCU or HCM. As you configure teams, note the following points:
There are a maximum of 16 adapters for a server, so the maximum number of teams on a
server is 8.
A team can have up to eight physical ports and a minimum of one port. A port can participate on only one team. Only one port can be primary, and all ports other than the primary port are secondary. You can view team members in the Teaming Configuration dialog box at the host level only.
Teaming modes
CNA ports can be teamed in one of three modes:
69
Link aggregation groups (LAGs) can result in redistribution of FCoE traffic across the adapter ports, which is unacceptable. Due to this challenge with the IEEE 802.3ad protocol, be aware when you configure ports for teaming that converged traffic is not supported on ports that are participating in an IEEE 802.3ad-based team.
NOTE
NOTE
Teaming is available on Windows platforms only.
FIGURE 27
70
team_mode pcifn1-n
Specifies the team mode. Supported values are 802.3ad, failover, and failback. Specifies the PCI function number. You can specify a maximum of 8 PCI functions. The PCI function numbers you specify cannot be from the same port.
Multi-switch link aggregation works if the switches are configured with a port channel link
aggregate that spans ports from multiple switches.
Failover and failback work on multiple switches. You cannot run converged traffic (FCoE) if 802.3ad (link aggregation) is enabled.
To set or change the primary port in a team, complete the following steps:
71
1. Select an adapter from the Selected Ports list on the Teaming Configuration dialog box. 2. Click the Set Primary button. The selected adapter will serve as the primary adapter and the other as the secondary adapter. The secondary adapter takes over if the primary adapter fails. If you are using more than two adapters, and you want a specific adapter to take over if the primary fails, you must specify a secondary adapter. Failback is the process of restoring a device in a state of failover back to its original state, before the failure.
team_name pcifn
Each physical port can have a maximum of 8 Ethernet ports. A dual-port configuration can contain a maximum of 16 Ethernet ports; however, you can
select only one Ethernet port from the same physical port to participate on a team (as shown in Figure 28).
72
FIGURE 28
Removing a team
1. Select a team from the Teams field. 2. Click the Delete button beneath the Team Name field. The selected team is deleted from the Team Name field.
VLAN configuration
A Virtual LAN (VLAN) is a collection of network nodes that share the same broadcast domain regardless of their physical location or connection point to the network. A VLAN serves as a logical workgroup with no other physical barriers and allows users to share information and resources as though located on the same LAN. VLAN configuration is a Windows-only feature. VLANs and VLANs on teams are supported on Linux, Solaris, and VMware as implemented by the specific operating system. There are three types of VLANS:
NOTE
Regular VLANA regular VLAN is identified using a VLAN ID (with a range of from 1 through
4094, where 0 is used for an untagged VLAN) and a VLAN name.
73
Passthru VLANA Passthru VLAN has VLAN ID 0 and PASSTHRU as its VLAN Name. It can be
created or deleted at any time and is treated as a regular VLAN; however, a Passthru VLAN is not editable.
Port VLAN (PVID)You create a Port VLAN using Windows Device Manager. The VLAN ID is
assigned when it is created and the VLAN name is PORT VLAN. You cannot create, edit, or delete a Port VLAN using the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM).
NOTE
For HCM versions 2.3 and earlier, you cannot perform add, delete, or edit operations on any VLAN if a PORT VLAN exists in the VLAN configuration or if the port is already part of a team. In addition, you cannot view statistical information on any VLAN.
NOTE
For HCM versions 2.3 and earlier: After a VLAN or a Passthru VLAN has been created and assigned a non-zero PVID value using HCM or the BCU command, if you modify the Port VLAN using Windows Device Manager on the port with VLANs, there is a possibility of inconsistency in data traffic on the Passthru VLAN. You will receive an illegal configuration warning, prompting you to remove the Port VLAN. To avoid this inconsistency, using Windows Device Manager, set the PVID to 0 on the port that has VLANs with a non-zero PVID value. 1. Select an Ethernet port from the device tree. 2. Add a VLAN using one of the following methods:
Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. Right-click an Ethernet port and select VLAN Configuration from the list. Click Add on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 27.
The VLAN Configuration dialog box displays.
FIGURE 29
3. Click the Add button. 4. Click Add on the VLAN Configuration dialog box (Figure 29).
74
The Add VLAN dialog box displays. Figure 30 shows a VLAN configuration before a Passthru VLAN is configured.
FIGURE 30
5. Enter a VLAN identifier in the VLAN ID field. The range is from 1 through 4094. 6. Enter a VLAN name in the VLAN Name field. The VLAN name must not exceed 31 characters. 7. (Optional) Click the Create Passthru check box to designate the VLAN as a Passthru VLAN. 8. Click OK.
FIGURE 31
A Port VLAN cannot co-exist with a regular or Passthru VLAN. If the configuration includes a regular VLAN or a Passthru VLAN and a Port VLAN, an error message displays, as shown in Figure 32.
FIGURE 32
75
You can remove a regular VLAN or Passthru VLAN from an invalid configuration using the instructions in Removing a VLAN using HCM on page 77. A regular VLAN or Passthru VLAN can be removed at any time. A Port VLAN, however, is not editable.
Select Configure > VLAN Configuration from the main menu. Right-click an Ethernet port and select VLAN Configuration from the list. Click Edit on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 27.
3. Click Edit on the VLAN Configuration dialog box OR Click Edit on the Teaming Configuration dialog box, shown in Figure 27. The Edit VLAN dialog box, as shown in Figure 33, displays.
FIGURE 33
76
new_vlan_name Specifies a different name for the VLAN. Refer to team on page 282 for details about this command.
FIGURE 34
77
Virtual HBAs
The virtual HBA (vHBA) is shown as an FCoE port node if the card is in the CNA mode. The vHBA is shown as an FC port mode if the card is in FC mode.
78
FIGURE 35
3. Click the FCP-IM IO profile on check box to enable FCP-IM I/O profiling. The feature is disabled by default. Refer to FCP-IM profiles on page 38 for more information. 4. Specify a path timeout value. With path timeout values (TOVs), you can either force an immediate failover (by setting the TOV to 0) or you can specify a delay in seconds (0 through 60 seconds). The default TOV is 30. 5. Set the latency and delay values:
Specify the interrupt control latency timeout value in microseconds, if coalesce is set to on.
Latency timeout values supported are from 0 through 225 microseconds. Setting the latency timeout value to 0 disables the latency monitor timeout interrupt. The default latency value is 225 for an FC port and 5 for an FCoE port.
Specify the interrupt control delay timeout value in microseconds, if coalesce is set to on.
Delay timeout values supported are from 0 through 1125 microseconds. Setting the delay timeout value to 0 disables the latency monitor timeout interrupt. The default delay value is 1125 for an FC port and 25 for an FCoE port. 6. Enter the IO execution throttle value. Supported values are from 1 to the maximum number allowed. If only 1 vHBA is configured, the maximum throttle value allowed is 2000. 7. Click Apply to apply the changes.
NOTE
You must enable vhba 0 of port 0 before running the bcu pcifn --list and bcu vhba --query commands.
79
Virtual NICs
The HCM GUI or BCU commands enable you to configure a single physical CNA Ethernet port into multiple virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs). The Ethernet port must be configured as a CNA or NIC that is supported on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC, which is compatible with the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models. If the port is in NIC mode, it displays four vNICs. If the port is in CNA mode, it displays one vHBA and three vNICS. Note the following vNIC-related configuration points:
NOTE
Up to four vNICs can be configured per port, including the base function. Each vNIC can be configured for output bandwidth: - The bandwidth can be configured in increments of 100 Mbps. - The minimum bandwidth is 0 Mbps and the maximum bandwidth is 10,000 Mbps. - The minimum bandwidth across the physical port cannot exceed 10 Gbps. Each vNIC has its own set of eight priority transmission (Tx) queues. Interrupt coalescing and dynamic interrupt moderation can be configured on each vNIC. Teaming is not supported between vNICs configured on the same port. Configured PCIFNs become operational only after reboot.
NOTE
80
1. Select an Ethernet port and click Configure > vNIC > Create.
FIGURE 36
2. Enter the minimum allowable output bandwidth in the Min Bandwidth(Mbps) column. The minimum bandwidth is 0 Mbps. A zero value of minimum bandwidth (the default) implies that no bandwidth is guaranteed for that vNIC. 3. Enter the maximum allowable output bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps in the Max Bandwidth(Mbps) column. The maximum bandwidth is 10,000 Mbps. 4. Click Apply to apply the changes. 5. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box.
NOTE
FIGURE 37
2. Modify the maximum allowable output bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps in the Max Bandwidth(Mbps) column. The maximum bandwidth is 10,000 Mbps. 3. Modify the minimum allowable output bandwidth in the Min Bandwidth(Mbps) column. The minimum bandwidth is 100 Mbps. 4. Click Apply to apply the changes. 5. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box.
81
FIGURE 38
2. Enable the checkbox that corresponds to the vNIC you want to delete. 3. Click Apply to apply the changes. 4. Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box.
NOTE
82
gPXE boot
gPXE is an open source feature that allows systems without network PXE support to boot over the network. It enhances existing PXE environments using TFTP with additional protocols, such as DNS, HTTP, and iSCSI. This feature is supported on Brocade stand-up CNAs and Fabric Adapter ports configured in CNA or NIC mode. Support is available with 3.0.3.1 and later boot code. gPXE functions with the Brocade PXE feature using Universal Network Device Interface (UNDI). Configuration is not required through the Brocade BIOS Configuration Utility, BCU commands, or HCM. Once the initial gPXE image is loaded through TFTP, the required menu is presented by the gPXE image.
83
84
Chapter
Monitoring
4
In this section
Statistics monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Real-time performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Syslog support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85 87 88 89 91 91
Statistics monitoring
The Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) Port Statistics dialog box enables you to monitor the performance of the adapter and the traffic between the adapter and the LUNs. You can use the information to isolate and troubleshoot areas that impact application performance. The components listed in Table 11 display statistics when the FCoE port node is selected. Refer to Appendix A, HCM Dialog Boxes for a description of each statistics field.
TABLE 11
Component
Local host
Teaming
NOTE: Teaming statistics are available only on Windows operating systems. HBA HBA port Port Port Firmware QoS Port Port DCB Firmware vNIC VLAN Fabric vHBA FCoE Logical port
Logical port
85
Statistics monitoring
TABLE 11
Virtual port Remote port1
1
Resetting statistics
1. Click the Reset button on any of the Statistics dialog boxes. A warning dialog box, shown in Figure 39, displays.
FIGURE 39
2. Click Yes.
86
Port statistics on both the HBA and the CNA Virtual port statistics on the virtual port Ethernet port statistics on the Ethernet node FCP IM statistics on the remote port
To generate a real-time performance graph for a device, complete the following steps. 1. Select the device for which you want to generate a real-time performance graph. 2. Select Monitor > Performance > Realtime Statistics. The Realtime Performance dialog box, shown in Figure 40, displays.
FIGURE 40
3. Select the type of statistics you want to run from the Statistics Name list. You can display and filter real-time port statistics and DCB statistics on the DCB port. 4. Select the polling interval. Options include 5, 10, 20, or 30 seconds. 5. Filter the real-time performance statistics by selecting or clearing the statistics counters check boxes. By default, all of the statistics counters are enabled. 6. Click Apply to save your changes.
87
FIGURE 41
3. Select the type of statistics you want to run from the Statistics Name list. You can display and filter historical port statistics and DCB statistics on the DCB port. 4. Select one of the following frequencies from the Data for list:
Last 1 DayOne sample of historical data is collected for 30 minutes duration. Last 1 WeekTwo samples of historical data are collected for one hours duration. Last 1 MonthFour samples of historical data are collected for two hours duration.
5. Filter the historical performance statistics by selecting or clearing the statistics counters check boxes. By default, all of the statistics counters are enabled.
Tx Words (Mbps)The number of total transmitted Fibre Channel words across all
protocols and classes.
Rx Words (Mbps)The number of total received Fibre Channel words across all protocols
and classes.
Dropped framesThe number of frames that were lost due to a lack of host buffers
available.
88
Master Log
Errored framesThe number of frames received in error. Loss of sync countThe number of times loss of synchronization occurred. Loss of signal countThe number of times loss of signal occurred. Rx CRC err framesThe number of frames that have been received in error.
6. Click Apply to save your changes. Related topics Real-time performance data
Master Log
Event monitoring enables early fault detection and isolation on a selected adapter. When applicable events occur during adapter operation, the adapter driver generates event messages. These messages are captured in your host system logs. These messages are also captured in an agtEvent.log file by the HCM agent and displayed in the HCM Master Log. Note that message display may differ in your host system log and the HCM Master Log; however, messages will most likely contain the following information:
Message ID Description Severity level Event category Cause of event Recommended action Date and time event occured
Message details are also contained in HTML files, which load into your system when you install the adapter driver. You can view these HTML files using any Internet browser application. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Troubleshooting Guide for details of all driver event messages. To avoid processing of older events in first-time event discovery, an event will be considered for processing if it has occurred within the last 20 seconds, or not greater than the discovery interval. The agent and the HCM GUI application must be running in the same time zone and at the right time. The Master Log Properties dialog box, described in Table 12, displays a list of all events that have occurred. You can filter the events based on the user-defined criteria shown in Figure 42.
NOTE
TABLE 12
Field
Filter button
89
Master Log
TABLE 12
Field
NOTE
The Category is the type of event. The categories are listed in Table 12.
FIGURE 42
90
Application Log
3. Click Apply to save your changes, or click Cancel to exit the dialog box. OR Click OK to save the changes and exit the dialog box.
Application Log
The HCM Application Log, shown in Figure 43, displays all application-related informational and error messages, as well as the following attributes:
Date and time the message occurred Severity of the message Description of the message The agent IP address
Run-time memory information is logged in the Application Log whenever a supportSave is triggered from HCM or when the About dialog box is launched in HCM.
NOTE
FIGURE 43
Syslog support
Syslog forwarding is the process by which you can configure the Host Connectivity Manager (HCM) agent to send syslog messages to other computers through port 514. You can configure the HCM agent to forward events to a maximum of three syslog destinations. These events will display in the operating system logs. The HCM stores all the received events from the driver in the agtEvent.log file. By default, the location is /opt/hcmagent/log/hbaEvents.log in Linux and Solaris systems.
91
Syslog support
VMware ESX 4.x blocks the syslog outgoing port 514 by default. Therefore, you must configure the firewall if you use VMware ESX 4.x and plan to use the Syslog Host Configuration feature in Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) or if you access HCM through the BNA. See Syslog host configuration using VMware on page 93 for more information.
NOTE
FIGURE 44
3. Enter the host name or IP address of the destination device in the Host Name/IP Address field. 4. Click the Set this IP in all discovered agents in future check box to set the device as a syslog destination in all future discovered agents. 5. Click Add to register the host as a syslog destination. 6. Click OK to close the dialog box.
92
Syslog support
93
Syslog support
94
Chapter
Diagnostics
5
Fibre Channel diagnostics using HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Fibre Channel diagnostics using BCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Ethernet diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Beaconing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 SFP management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 supportSave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
In this section
NOTE
95
FIGURE 45
3. Select a port from the Ports list. 4. Click the check box that corresponds to the port test you are running. 5. Specify the parameters based on parameter information found in Table 13.
NOTE
Click the Stop on Error check box if you want the test to stop running if an error occurs. 6. Click Start to run the test.
TABLE 13
Port-level test
Memory Test
Test options
You can enable or disable this test. Regardless of test cycle set value, the Memory test will run only once. Integer from 1 through 4,294,967,295. The default value is 8192. Default value is A5A5A5A5. The number of times the test runs. The default value is 10. You can enable or disable this test.
96
TABLE 13
Port-level test
Test options
Loopback test
NOTE: For an External Loopback test, you must plug in the loopback connector.
For all mezzanine cards except for the Brocade 1867 IBM Flex system, a pass-through module is required for an External Loopback test.
2, 4, 8, and 16 Gbps Integer from 1 through 4,294,967,295. The default value is 8192. The number of times the test runs. The default value is 10. Default value is A5A5A5A5.
Echo test, which sends an FC Echo ELS to a remote port. FC ping test, which requests the management server to test the connectivity with a given
remote port (without zoning restrictions). Not supported in Solaris operating systems.
FC traceroute test, which requests to enumerate the route between two given endpoints. Not
supported in Solaris operating systems. To run one of the protocol-level tests, use the following procedure. 1. Select an adapter or port from the device tree. 2. Select Configure > Diagnostics from the main menu. OR Right-click the component and select Diagnostics from the list. The Diagnostics dialog box, shown in Figure 46, displays. 3. Click the FC Protocol Tests tab.
97
FIGURE 46
4. Click the check box that corresponds to the protocol test you are running. 5. Select a port, target, and logical port from the lists, and click Add to add it to the test table.
NOTE
All vHBAs, FCoE ports, and FC ports are listed in the Logical Port list. 6. Define how many times the test runs by specifying the test cycle number. The default test cycle number is 1. 7. Click Start to run the test.
98
FIGURE 47
diag commands
The diag commands shown in Table 14 monitor hardware components and can be performed while the system is running (they are non-disruptive). Refer to diag on page 223 for details. Note the following:
The sfpshow and beacon commands are not applicable for the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion
card
The dportdisable and dportenable commands are only supported on 16 Gbps SFPs.
99
TABLE 14
Command
beacon
fcdiag commands
Fibre Channel diagnostics include the tests shown Table 15. Refer to fcdiag on page 234 for details about this command.
TABLE 15
Command
fcping fctraceroute fcecho linkbeacon scsitest
fcdiag commands
Description
Determines the basic connectivity between the Fibre Channel network points and monitors and measures network latency. Reports on a SAN path, including node hops and latency data. Sends an FC Echo Extended Link Services (ELS) request to a remote port. Blinks the LED light of the remote port of the link. Tests the SCSI components.
100
Ethernet diagnostics
Ethernet diagnostics
The Ethernet loopback test generates and sends out the desired number of packets and expects to receive the same number of packets through the loopback interface (Serdes or external). Each time a packet is sent, it is selected from a different starting point of the data buffer so that any two consecutively transmitted packets will not be the same. You must have the Ethernet card and the device driver installed and a loopback connector in place. The loopback connector is a standard RJ-45 connector. Windows 64-bit platforms only: You must first create a VLAN on the port before you perform an Ethernet loopback test. If the port does not have a VLAN, an error message displays.
NOTE
101
Ethernet diagnostics
FIGURE 48
TABLE 16
External Serdes
NOTE: For an External Loopback test, you must plug in the loopback connector.
10 Gbps Integer from 1 through 131072 (128K). The default value is 65536 (64K). The number of times the test runs. The default value is 10. Default value is A5A5A5A5.
NOTE
Before you run the bcu diag --ethloopback test, disable the physical port using the bcu port --disable <port_id> command. bcu diag - -ethloopback <port_id> [-t <loopback_type] [-c <frame_count>] [-p <pattern>] Refer to diag on page 223 for details about this command.
102
Beaconing
Beaconing
Beaconing is a continuous signaling of error conditions on a LAN. Beaconing can occur either on the port or on one or both sides of the link (known as end-to-end beaconing). Link end-to-end beaconing provides a mechanism to start beaconing on both the adapter side and the switch side. Port beaconing is not supported on the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card, or the Brocade mezzanine cards.
NOTE
SFP management
The Port SFP dialog box enables you to display the properties that are associated with a selected small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver.
103
SFP management
1. Select a port in the device tree. 2. Click the SFP tab in the right pane. The SFP Properties panel, shown in Figure 49, displays.
FIGURE 49
Details about the port technology and extended link are described in SFP Properties panel on page 176.
104
D_Port
D_Port
The D_Port is a port type that is statically configured to run link-level diagnostics during pre-deployment or when there are susceptible physical layer issues. It is an offline diagnostics tool that allows you to automate a number of tests to measure and validate latency and distance across the switch links and verify the integrity of all the 16-Gbps transceivers in the fabric. A D_Port only requires the individual ports that are attached to the link being tested to go offline, while leaving the remainder of the ports to operate online, in isolation from the link being tested. Fabric-based physical layer validation testing provides the benefits shown in Table 17.
TABLE 17
Test
Latency measurements
Link performance
Transceiver uptime
NOTE
D_port tests are supported only on the Brocade-branded 16 Gbps SFP and in Fabric OS versions 7.0.1a and later. 1. On the host side, disable the HBA port using the bcu port - -disable <port_id> command. 2. On the host side, configure the port as a D_Port using the bcu diag - -dportenable <port_id> command. Alternatively, you can use HCM to enable and disable the D_Port. To enable the D_Port, select the port and click Configure > D_Port Enable. The D_Port is disabled by default.
105
supportSave
Once the adapter port is configured in D_Port mode, the adapter behaves like a loopback plug at the end of the cable. 3. On the switch side, disable the port using the portDisable <port> command. 4. On the switch side, configure the port as a D_Port using the portcfgdport - -enable <port> command. From the switch port, the link behaves like a remote loopback cable. 5. Insert SFPs on both ports and connect them with a cable. 6. Enable the ports on the switch using the port - -enable <port> command. The D_Port test starts automatically once the port is enabled. 7. On the switch side, test the configuration using the portdporttest - -start command. 8. Query whether D_Port is enabled using the portdporttest - -show command on the switch side.
supportSave
The supportSave command collects debug information needed from the driver. You can collect supportSave information using the bfa_supportsave command or through the Brocade Network Advisor (BNA). HCM supportSave output contains driver, agent, and HCM-related information.
NOTE
Before collecting data using the supportSave command, you may want to disable auto-recovery on the host system. This is because when adapters are reset after an auto-recovery from a failure, traces initiated before the failure can be lost or overwritten. The captured debug information can be saved to the local filesystem and then sent to the supplier for further investigation. The information that is captured is listed in Table 18 .
106
supportSave
TABLE 18
supportSave categories
Captured information
Adapter model and serial number Adapter firmware version Host model and hardware revision All support information Adapter configuration data All operating system and adapter information needed to diagnose field issues Information about all adapters in the system Firmware and driver traces Syslog message logs Windows System Event log.evt file HCM GUI-related engineering logs Events Adapter configuration data Environment information
supportSave level
System (or Host)
On Windows systems:
C:\Program Files\BROCADE\Adapter\driver\util
NOTE
107
supportSave
TABLE 19
Refer to Initiating supportSave collection using a command prompt on page 109 for more information.
NOTE
If the agent is up, it will use the advanced configuration. If there is no agent, it will use the basic configuration. After the supportSave operation completes, the following message is displayed: Support Save Completed and is located at <HCM HOME Dir>/data/localhost/supportSave_Basic_<file_name>.zip 2. Click OK to close the dialog box.
108
supportSave
bfa_supportsave - To create and save the supportSave at /tmp. bfa_supportsave_dir - To create and save the supportSave under a directory name that you
provide.
bfa_supportsave <dir> <ss_file_name> - To create and save the supportSave under a directory
and filename that you provide. If the directory already exists, it will be overwritten.
NOTE
If specifying a directory, make sure that the directory does not already exist to prevent overwriting the directory. Do not just specify a driver such as C: or C:\Program Files. Messages display as the system gathers information. When complete, an output file and directory display. The directory name specifies the date when the file was saved.
109
supportSave
110
Appendix
In this section
Authentication Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNA Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNA Port properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNA Port Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure Names dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DCB properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DCB Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet Port Properties panel (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eth Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Properties dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabric Statistics dialog box (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC port properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCoE port properties panel (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCoE Statistics dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCP IM Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCP IM Module Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Firmware Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HBA Properties panel (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HBA Properties panel (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLDP Properties panel (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logical Port Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPORT Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Master Log Filter dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port POM Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QoS Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Real-time Performance Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFP Properties panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Target Statistics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaming Configuration dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113 115 116 118 120 123 125 126 128 129 132 133 134 135 138 140 144 147 154 154 156 157 162 164 166 168 172 173 174 176 178 182
111
Teaming Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Log Details dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vHBA properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . . . . . . . . Virtual Port Properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Virtual Port Statistics dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VLAN Statistics dialog box (CNA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VLAN Statistics for Team dialog box (CNA only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vNIC properties panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only) . . . . . . . . . . .
184 185 186 187 190 191 194 195 196 197
112
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the DCB statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date the statistics were run. The number of times security authentication succeeded. The number of times security authentication failed. The number of rejected received Fibre Channel authentication attempts. The number of received Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. The number of completed Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. The number of received DH-CHAP challenge attempts. The number of times a received Fibre Channel authentication attempt was successful. The number of rejected transmitted Fibre Channel authentication attempts. The number of received Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. The number of transmitted Fibre Channel authentication negotiation attempts. The number of completed transmitted Fibre Channel authentication attempts. The number of transmitted DH-CHAP challenge attempts.
113
Field
auth_tx_stats_dhchap_replies auth_tx_stats_dhchap_successes
Description
The number of transmitted DH-CHAP replies. The number of times a transmitted DH-CHAP challenge was successful.
Configuring security authentication using HCM Configuring security authentication using the BCU Controlling the polling frequency rate Resetting statistics Statistics monitoring
114
Description
Indicates whether the port is a base port (true or false). The number of frames lost as determined by BB_SCs. The number of credits lost as determined by BB_SCr. The number of link resets initiated as a result of credit recovery. The name of the Fabric associated with the base port. The Fibre Channel address of the base port. The world wide name of the device. The world wide name of the base port. The role of the base port; for example, FCP Initiator. Indicates whether the base port is online or offline. The IP address of the switch. The symbolic name associated with the base port.
115
Description
Driver Parameters Note: It is possible to have multiple pairs of driver information, based on the number and types of drivers installed. Driver Name Driver Version Driver Name Driver Version Firmware Parameters Flash Status BIOS Version Open Boot Version EFI Version The status of the flash; for example, good. The version level of the BIOS. The open boot version of the ROM. The EFI version of the ROM. The name of the host adapter driver. The version level of the host adapter driver. The name of the second driver, if applicable. The version level of the second driver, if applicable.
116
Field
Firmware Version PCI Registers Vendor ID Device ID Subsystem Vendor ID Current # of Lanes PCIe Generation Initial Negotiated # of Lanes OEM VPD Information (HP only) Product Description Part # EDC Misc Serial # Manufacturer ID IBM Information EC level FRU #
Description
The version level of the firmware.
The identifier of the PCI Registers vendor. The device ID of the PCI Register. The ID of the PCI subsystem vendor. The number of PCI lanes, in Gbps, each way between the PCI slot and the adapter. The number of times the PCI Register is generated. The set number of PCI lanes that were initially negotiated.
An HP-specific description of the adapter. The part number of the adapter, preceded by HP; for example, HP:AXXXXA. The identifier for the EDC type adapter. Miscellaneous information pertaining to the HP adapter. The serial number of the adapter, preceded by HP; for example, hp:aabbccddsss. The identifier for the adapters manufacturer.
The adapters EC level (IBM only). The adapters FRU number (IBM only).
117
Description
118
Field
Frame Data Field Size Operating Parameters Logging Level Persistent Binding Target Rate Limit Default Rate Limit FC-SP Parameters Authentication Status Algorithm Group Error Status QoS Parameters Configured QoS State Operating QoS State Total BB Credit Priority Levels
Description
The frame size, in bytes, of the port. The default is 2112. Select auto to set the frame data field size automatically.
The port logging level. Values include Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, Log Info, and Log Invalid. Indicates whether persistent binding is on or off. Indicates whether target rate limiting is on or off. Select the target rate limit from the list. Options include 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, and 4 Gbps. The default is 2 Gbps.
Indicates whether FC-SP authentication is on or off. The status of Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) authentication. The configured authentication algorithm. The DH Group (DH Null, group 0, is the only option). The health status of the Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) parameters.
Indicates whether QoS is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether QoS is online or offline. The total number of receive buffers. QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low.
119
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the vport statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date and time of the most recent reset. The world wide name of the port about which statistics are displayed. The number of seconds since the port statistics reset (the counter returns to 0). The number of 64-byte frames. The number of frames with 65-127 bytes. The number of frames with 128-255 bytes. The number of frames with 256-511 bytes. The number of frames with 512-1023 bytes. The number of frames with 1024-1518 bytes. The number of frames with 1519-1522 bytes. The number of transmitted bytes. The number of transmitted packets. The number of transmitted multicast packets. The number of transmitted broadcast packets. The number of transmitted control frames. The number of transmitted frames dropped. The number of transmitted jabbers (illegal packet length). The number of frame check sequence (FCS) errors transmitted, which indicate that frames of data are corrupted. The number of transmitted frame packets that are fragmented.
120
Field
Rx bytes Rx packets Rx multicast packets Rx broadcast packets Rx control frames Rx unknown opcode Rx drops Rx jabber
Description
The number of received bytes. The number of received packets. The number of received multicast packets. The number of received broadcast packets. The number of received control frames, which assist in data frame delivery. The number of unknown opcode frames received. The number of received packet drops. The number of received jabber frames (count of frames that exceed 1518 (non-VLAN) or 1522 (VLAN) bytes and contain an invalid FCS, including alignment errors). The number of frames that have an integral of 64 to 1518 length and contain a frame check sequence (FCS) error. The number of packets received with alignment errors. The number of frames received in which the 802.3 length field did not match the number of data bytes actually received. The number of frames received with at least one invalid data symbol. The number of received frames that are less than 64 bytes in length and contain an invalid FCS (includes integral and non-integral lengths). The number of received pauses. The number of received zero pauses. The number of transmitted pauses. The number of transmitted zero pauses. The number of times a pause control frame was received by a congested FCoE port to wait a predetermined amount of time before retransmitting data. The number of times a zero pause control frame was received by a congested FCoE port. The number of times a pause control frame was transmitted to a congested FCoE port to wait a predetermined amount of time before retransmitting data. The number of times a zero pause control frame was transmitted to a congested FCoE port. The number of received iSCSI pauses. The number of received iSCSI zero pauses. The number of transmitted iSCSI pauses. The number of transmitted iSCSI zero pauses.
Rx FCS errors Rx alignment errors Rx frame len errors Rx code errors Rx fragments
Tx FCoE zero pause Rx iSCSI pause Rx iSCSI zero pause Tx iSCSI pause Tx iSCSI zero pause
121
122
Description
Select a discovered host from the list. Current Host is the default. The name for all configured devices.
NOTE: You can also search for a name by typing the name into the field and clicking OK.
Scope list The type of name; options include the Name itself or the WWN. After you have selected the type of name from the Scope list, type the name or WWN into the corresponding field. The world wide name for all configured devices.
WWN/MAC
NOTE: You can also search for a name by typing the world wide name into the field and clicking OK.
Operational Status Type Description Remove button Import Export Add button DCFM/FM format list Fix Duplicates button The operational status of the WWN/MAC (for example, Discovered). The type of device; for example, Node or Port. Displays a description of the device. Select a device to highlight it, then click the Remove button to remove the discovered device from the list. Click to import properties from a properties file for a selected device. Click to save properties to a properties file for a selected device. For undiscovered devices, type in the name of the ports name or the WWN and click the Add button to add it to the Display list. Select from the list to import properties. Click to fix any duplicate names.
123
Configure Names Adding name entries Removing a name entry Exporting the properties for a WWN Importing the properties for a WWN Importing duplicated names
124
Description
125
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the DCB statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Transmits the local network element (NE) data on a per-link basis to the remote NE at the other end of the link. The number of invalid received frames for LLDP. The number of new received frames for LLDP. Collects the data received over the network link from the transmitting network element (NE), resulting in both the local NE and the remote NE having the port discovery data at each end of the network link. The number of unrecognized type-length-value (TLV) elements for LLDP. The number of type-length-value (TLV) elements for LLDP that were shut down. The number of LLDP frames that timed out between the local and remote ends of the link. The number of Data Center Bridging (DCB) links that are up. The number of type-length-value (TLV) elements received for DCBX. The number of invalid type-length-value (TLV) elements received for DCBX. The number of Data Center Bridging (DCB) links that are down. The number of DCBX LLDP frames that were not transmitted because of errors. The number of type-length-value (TLV) errors received for DCBX features. The number of new configurations events received on the physical port of the CNA.
LLDP Rx unrecognized TLVs LLDP Rx shutdown TLVs LLDP remote info aged DCBX phy link ups DCBX Rx TLVs DCBX Rx TLVs invalid DCBX phy link downs DCBX control TLV errors DCBX feature TLV errors DCBX new CEE cfg rcvd
126
Field
DCB status down DCB status up DCB hw cfg changed DCB invalid cfg
Description
The number of status down events on the physical port of the CNA. The number of status up events on the physical port of the CNA. The number of times the physical port of the CNA changed. The number of invalid configurations events received on the physical port of the CNA.
127
Description
PXE Boot Information PXE Boot Enabled Whether Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) is enabled.
128
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 and 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the Ethernet IOC statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date the Ethernet statistics were run. The number of transmitted unicast octets. The number of transmitted unicast VLANs. The number of transmitted multicast octets. The number of transmitted multicast frame packets. The number of transmitted unicast frame packets. The number of transmitted multicast VLANs. The number of transmitted broadcast octets. The number of transmitted broadcast frame packets. The number of transmitted broadcast VLANs. The number of transmitted errors. The number of transmitted VLAN filters. The number of transmitted filter MAC source addresses. The number of received unicast octets. The number of received unicast frames. The number of received unicast VLANs. The number of received multicast octets. The number of received multicast frames.
129
Field
RxF0 mcast vlan RxF0 bcast octets RxF0 bcast packets RxF0 bcast vlan RxF0 frame drops Rx completed Rx dropped Rx alloc failed Rx checksum errors Rx mac errors Rx small packets Rx large packets Rx lro Rx lro flush Rx low rxbuf count Tx ls04 Tx ls06 Tx ls0 Errors Tx tcp cs0 Tx ip4 cs0 Tx udp cs0 Tx checksum help Tx checksum help errors Tx map errors Tx res drops Tx small packets Tx large packets Tx out of wis count Tx wi waitq count Tx ctxt waitq count Tx max nbs per nbl CEE toggle count mbox intr disables
Description
The number of received multicast VLANs. The number of received broadcast octets. The number of received broadcast frames. The number of received broadcast VLANs. The number of received frame drops. The number of received frames that completed. The number of received frames that dropped. The number of received allocation fails. The number of received checksum errors. The number of received media access control errors. The number of small packets received by the port. The number of large packets received by the port. The number of packets received on the IRO server. The number of packets flushed from the IRO server. The number of received buffers. The number of transmitted IPv4 packets. The number of transmitted IPv6 packets. The number of transmitted IPv6 packet errors. The number of transmitted TCP packets with CS0 (the default priority class). The number of transmitted IP4 packets with CSO (the default priority class). The number of transmitted UDP packets with CS0 (the default priority class). Transmitted checksum help. The number of transmitted checksum help errors. The number of transmitted map errors. Transmitted packets that were dropped but are now resumed. The number of small transmitted packets. The number of large transmitted packets. The total number of transmitted packets with an out of wis route status. The total number of transmitted packets with a waitq route status. The total number of transmitted packets with a waitq route status saved to a text file (.ctxt). The maximum number of transmitted packets on the NBS console server. The number of DCB toggles. The number of Mbox interrupts that are disabled.
130
Field
Link toggle count mbox intr enables Tx stops Tx wakeups Tx res stops Tx hardware stop Rx schedules Rx hardware stops Rx resumes Rx rss config count Hardware stats updates
Description
The number of link toggles. The number of Mbox interrupts that are enabled. The number of stopped transmitted packets. The number of times stopped transmitted packets wake up. The number of stopped receive packets that are resumed. The number of stopped transmitted hardware packets. The schedules for receive packets. The number of stopped receive hardware packets. The number of resumed receive packets. The number of receive packets with an RSS configuration. The number of hardware statistics updates.
131
Description
The date when the event occurred. The time when the event occurred. The event severity (informational, minor, major, or critical). The world wide name (WWN) or media access control (MAC) address of the device on which the event occurred. An identifier that corresponds to the event. The category of event; for example, Rport or ITNIM. A brief description of the event. The root cause of the event.
132
NOTE
To view ports by name, click the View menu and select Name Display > Name.
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The number of Fabric logins sent. The number of Fabric login response errors. The number of times Fabric login attempts are accepted. The number of times Fabric logins are received. The number of times Fabric login attempts are rejected. The number of unknown Fabric login responses. The number of delayed Fabric login allocations. The number of times Fabric logins are received. The number of times Fabric logins are rejected. The number of internal notifications for Fabrics that are online that are sent to other modules. The number of internal notifications for Fabrics that are offline that are sent to other modules.
133
Description
The PCI Function identifier. The FC ports world wide name. The nodes world wide name. The state of the FC port (for example, operational). Specifies the path timeout value, in seconds. Indicates whether displaying the log of FC frames and other main control messages is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether the IO Profile feature is on or off. The I/O profile gathers the I/O latency information based on size (average, minimum, and maximum). The number of logical ports that are online.
# of Lports
134
Description
PCI Function Number IO Execution Throttle Max Value IO Execution Throttle Operational Value IO Execution Throttle Configured Value # of Lports FCoE information Priorities PG ID Bandwidth Port Parameters
Lists the available priorities. The priority group ID. Values ar from 0 through 7 and 15 (strict priority). The bandwidth percentage for a given priority group.
135
Field
Port # Port WWN Node WWN Physical Port Type Name Local Port MAC Media DCB State Mode Fabric Parameters Port Type FC Address Local Port MAC Configured Port State Operating Port State Supported Classes Operating Speed Max Speed Supported Frame Data Field Size
Description
The port number: 0 or 1. The ports world wide name. The adapters world wide name. The type of physical port (CNA). The name that is manually assigned to the port. The local ports media access control (MAC) address. Type of media software; for example, 8G-sw. The state of the DCB port; for example, Linkup. Specifies the port mode (HBA, CNA, or NIC).
The port type; for example, N_Port. The FCoE ports Fibre Channel address. The media access control address of the local port. Indicates whether the FCoE port is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether the port is online or offline. The classes that are supported on the Fabric. The configured speed of the FCoE port. The maximum speed that is supported on the FCoE port. The frame size, in bytes, of the FCoE port.
Operating Parameters Note: Beacon State and Link Beacon State are not supported on the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card. Beacon State Link Beacon State Logging Level Persistent Binding Target Rate Limit Default Rate Limit FC-SP Parameters Authentication Status Algorithm Group Error Status QoS Parameters Configured QoS State Operating QoS State Indicates whether QoS is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether QoS is online or offline. Indicates whether FC-SP authentication is disabled or enabled. The status of FC-SP authentication. The configured authentication algorithm. The DH group, which is DH-null (group 0), the only option. The health status of the Fibre Channel Security Protocol parameters. Indicates whether beaconing is turned on. Indicates whether link beaconing is turned on. The port logging level. Values include Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, and Log Info. Indicates whether persistent binding is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether target rate limiting is enabled or disabled. The default rate limit, which is not applicable, because target rate limiting is not supported on the FCoE port.
136
Field
Total BB Credit Priority Levels
Description
The total number of receive buffers. QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low.
137
Field
Keep running data check box Polling frequency in seconds Start Polling button Reset button Date Seconds since stat reset CEE link up CEE link down FIP link up FIP link down FIP failures Invalid MAC assignments VLAN requests VLAN notifications VLAN request timeouts VLAN invalids Discovery requests Discovery responses Discovery error frames Discovery unsolicited
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the FCoE statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date the FCoE statistics were run. The number of seconds since the FCoE statistics were last reset. The number of Data Center Bridging (DCB) links that are up. The number of DCB links that are down. The number of links with FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) that are up. The number of links with FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) that are down. The number of links with FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) requests that failed. The number of invalid media access control (MAC) assignments. The number of virtual LAN (VLAN) requests. The number of VLAN notifications. The number of times a virtual LAN (VLAN) request times out. The number of invalid virtual LAN requests. The number of discovery requests. The number of discovery responses. The number of error frames during discovery. The number of unsolicited discovery requests.
138
Field
Discovery timeouts Discovery FCF not available FIP link service unsupp. FIP link service req errors FIP logos received Clear virtual link requests FIP operation unsupp FIP untagged frames Tx FCoE unicast frames Tx FCoE unicast vlan frames Tx FCoE unicast octets Tx FCoE multicast frames Tx FCoE multicast vlan frames Tx FCoE multicast octets Tx FCoE broadcast frames Tx FCoE broadcast octets Tx timeouts Transmit parity err Transmit FID parity err Rx FCoE unicast octets Rx FCoE unicast frames Rx FCoE unicast vlan frames rxf_ucast Rx FCoE multicast octets Rx FCoE multicast frames Rx FCoE multicast vlan frames Rx FCoE broadcast octets Rx FCoE broadcast frames Rx FCoE broadcast vlan frames
Description
The number of timeouts during discovery. The number of FCoE Forwarder (FCF) requests that are unavailable. The number of unsupported FIP link service requests. The number of FIP link service request errors. The number of FIP logos received. The number of clear virtual link requests (needed to terminate virtual links to other ports). The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) operations that are unsupported. The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) frames that are untagged. The number of transmitted FCoE unicast frames. The number of transmitted FCoE unicast VLANs frames. The number of transmitted FCoE unicast octets. The number of transmitted FCoE multicast frames. The number of transmitted FCoE multicast VLAN frames. The number of transmitted FCoE multicast octets. The number of transmitted FCoE broadcast frames. The number of transmitted FCoE broadcast octets. The number of transmissions that timed out. The number of transmitted parity errors. The number of transmitted FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) parity errors. The number of received FCoE unicast octets. The number of received FCoE unicast frames. The number of received FCoE VLAN frames. The number of received FCoE unicast frames. The number of received FCoE multicast octets The number of received FCoE multicast frames. The number of received FCoE multicast VLAN frames. The number of received FCoE broadcast octets. The number of received FCoE brocadcast frames. The number of received FCoE broadcast VLAN frames.
139
Description
The date and time of the most recent reset. The number of online R_Ports. The number of offline R_Ports. The number of process login (PRLI) requests sent. The number of FCXP allocation waits. The number of process login (PRLI) response errors. The number of process login (PRLI) response accepts. Whether the remote port is an initiator. The number of process login (PRLI) response parse errors. The number of process login (PRLI) rejected requests. The number of timeouts detected. The number of second-level errors recovered, reported by BFA. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations on the port. The number of data requests for in-bound data only. The number of data requests for out-bound data only. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations that completed successfully. The write data that was transferred, measured in bytes. The read data that was transferred, measured in bytes. The number of slow path I/O requests that are completed. The number of successful firmware I/O underrun operations. The number of successful firmware I/O overrun operations. The number of I/O requests in the wait queue. The number of I/O requests in the wait queue that are completed. The number of I/O tags that are not free.
140
Field
IO timeouts IO failure due to target offline IO protocol errors IO SBC-3 protection errors fcp-2 error recovery failed Delayed freeing of IO tag Host IO abort requests Host IO abort completions IO clean-up requests IO path tov expired IO abort completions IO cleaned-up due to IOC down IO comp with unknown tags Abort request due to TM command Abort completion due to TM command IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus FW delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions IT Nexus delete requests Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM Requests TM Completions TM initiated IO cleanup success TM initiated IO cleanup failure No free TM tag TM Request-Q wait SLER events
Description
The number of I/O timeouts. The number of I/O failures caused by an offline target. The number of I/O protocol errors. Number of SCSI block data protection errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. The number of I/O tags with delayed freeing. The number of host I/O abort requests. The number of Host I/O aborts that completed. The number of I/O clean-up requests. The number of I/Os where the timeout value has expired. The number of I/O aborts that completed. The number of I/Os that were cleaned up because the IO Controller went down. The number of I/O completions with unknown tags. The number of requests aborted because of target mode (TM) commands. The number of target mode command requests resulting in an abort. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create completions. The number of online Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. The number of offline Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete completions. The number of Initiator Target Nexus delete requests. The number of disabled IO controllers. The number of Initiator Target Nexus cleanup completions. The number of target mode (TM) requests. The number of target mode (TM) completions. The number of target mode (TM)-initiated IO cleanup requests that succeeded. The number of target mode (TM)-initiated IO cleanup requests that failed. The number of free target mode (TM) tags. The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests. The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) events.
141
Field
TM Request-Q wait done TM cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions LM lun is across sg data buf LM lun is not supported LM report_lun data changed LM residue in report-lun response changed LM buf is smaller than lun cnt reported by target LM lun not ready Total data transfered in bytes
Description
The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests that completed. The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. The number of target mode (TM) cleanup requests. The number of target mode (TM) cleanup completions. The LM LUN is across the SG data buffer. The LM LUN is not supported. The LUN data that has changed. The LUN data in the report LUN response changed. The LM data buffer is smaller than the number of LUNs reported by the target. The number of LM LUNs that are not ready for transfer. The total number of data transfered, measured in bytes.
142
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the FCoE statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. Select an IO size from the list to specify the IO latency based in IO size (in Milliseconds). Displays the following details about the configured IO size: Datethe date the statistics were run. IO Latency Minthe minimum IO latency size IO Latency Maxthe maximum IO latency size IO Latency Averagethe average IO latency size
143
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the FCP IM Module statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date and time of the most recent reset. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations on the port. The number of data requests for in-bound data only. The number of data requests for out-bound data only. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations that completed successfully. The write data that was transferred, measured in bytes. The read data that was transferred, measured in bytes. The number of slow path I/O requests that are completed. The number of successful firmware I/O underrun operations. The number of successful firmware I/O overrun operations. The number of I/O requests in the wait queue. The number of I/O requests in the wait queue that are completed. The number of I/O tags that are not free. The number of I/O timeouts. The number of I/O failures caused by an offline target. The number of I/O protocol errors. The number of SCSI block data protection errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. The number of I/O tags with delayed freeing.
144
Field
Host IO abort requests Host IO abort completions IO clean-up requests IO path tov expired IO abort completions IO cleaned-up due to IOC down IO comp with unknown tags Abort request due to TM command Abort completion due to TM command IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus FW delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions IT Nexus delete requests SLER events Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM Requests TM Completions TM initiated IO cleanup success TM initiated IO cleanup failure No free TM tag TM Request - Q wait TM Request - Q wait done TM cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions Aborted IO requests IO timeouts
Description
The number of host I/O abort requests. The number of Host I/O aborts that completed. The number of I/O clean-up requests. The number of I/Os where the timeout value has expired. The number of I/O aborts that completed. The number of I/Os that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. The number of I/O completions with unknown tags. The number of requests aborted because of target mode (TM) commands. The number of target mode command requests resulting in an abort. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create completions. The number of online Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests The number of offline Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus firmware delete completions. The number of Initiator Target Nexus delete requests. The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) events. The number of disabled I/O controllers. The number of Initiator Target Nexus cleanup completions. The number of target mode (TM) requests. The number of target mode (TM) completions. The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that succeeded. The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that failed. The number of free target mode (TM) tags. The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests that completed. The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. The number of target mode (TM) cleanup requests. The number of target mode (TM) cleanup completions. The number of aborted I/O requests. The number of times an I/O operation timed out.
145
Field
IO retry for SQ error recovery Delayed freeing of IO resources Host IO abort requests IO cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleaned-up due to IOC down Total IO count
Description
The number of I/O retries for sequence level error recovery. The number of times I/O resource freeing was delayed. The number of aborted I/O requests. The number of I/Os that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations.
146
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the firmware statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0.
Enable RequestsThe number of IOC firmware enable requests. Disable RequestsThe number of IOC firmware disable requests. Get Attr RequestsThe number of get attribute requests. DBG sync countThe number of debug synchronizations that occurred. DBG dump countThe number of debug dumps that occurred. Unknown RequestsThe number of IOC firmware requests that are unknown. Cfg RequestThe total number of configuration requests on the IOC FC firmware. Update queue requestThe number of update Q requests on the IOC FC firmware. Interrupt coalesce reqsThe number of times an interrupt coalesce is requested. Unknown reqThe number of IOC FC firmware requests that are unknown. Set interrupt reqsThe number of Set Interrupt requests on the IOC FC firmware.
IOC FC Firmware
147
Field
Firmware IO
Description
IO aborted by hostThe number of host I/O aborts in the firmware. IO clean up by host driverThe number of host driver I/O cleanup attempts in the firmware. IO timeoutsThe number of I/O timeouts in the firmware. frame parsed by f/wThe number of frames parsed by the firmware. fcp_data frame parsed by f/wThe number of FCP data frames parsed by the firmware. fcp rsp frame parsed by f/wThe number of FCS responses on the firmware I/O. xfer_rdy frame parsed by f/wThe number of transfer-ready frames. BLS ACC frame parsed by f/wThe number of BLS ACC frames on the firmware I/O. target ABTS frame parsed by f/wThe number of aborted target frames on the firmware I/O. unknown frame parsed by f/wThe number of unknown frames on the firmware I/O. f/w DMAed the data frameThe number of data frames dropped by the firmware. f/w drop the frameThe number of frames dropped by the firmware. fw rec timed outThe number of receive timeouts on the firmware I/O. fw sending rec on an error conditionThe number of errors received on the firmware I/O. fw wait for SIThe number of sequential initiative waits on the firmware I/O. REC rsp invalidThe number of invalid receive responses. target does not know cmd so abortThe number of aborted target frames on the firmware I/O. SEQR failed so retry IOThe number of sequential retries due to failures. ITN cisc updated on fcp_rspThe number of CICSs updated on response. ITN cisc updated on fcp_dataThe number of CICSs updated on FCP data frames. ITN cisc updated on fcp_xfr_rdyThe number of updates that occurred on xfer_rdy events. fcp data lostThe number of FCP data frames lost. Target set RO in xfer_rdy frameThe number of RO set in xfer_rdy events on the firmware I/O. Out of order xfer_rdy receivedThe number of xfer_rdy_OOO errors on the firmware I/O. unknown error in xfer_rdy frame The number of transfer-ready errors of unknown origin. ABTS timed outThe number of ABTS timeouts on the firmware I/O. SLER initiatedThe number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) second-level error recoveries (SLER) initiated. fcp response in wrong stateThe number of times responses were in the wrong state.
148
Field
Firmware IO (continued)
Description
fcp rsp IO underrunThe number of I/O response underruns. fcp rsp IO underrun for writeThe number of I/O response underruns during write operations. fcp rsp underrun errorThe number of I/O response underrun errors. invalid residueThe number of invalid residue responses. fcp rsp IO overrunThe number of overrun responses on the firmware I/O. fcp rsp IO overrun errorThe number of overrun response errors on the firmware I/O. protocol error in fcp rspThe number of response protocol errors on the firmware I/O. error in sense info in fcp rspThe number of response sense data errors on the firmware I/O. FCP conf requestedThe number of RSP_conf requests on the firmware I/O. target initiated abortThe number of RSP_target initiated I/O aborts. IOH edtov timer poppedThe number of Error Detect timeout events. IOH FCP_RSP exceptionThe number of FCP response exception events during firmware I/O. IOH FCP_CONFThe number of FCP conf events during firmware I/O. IOH multi-frame FCP_RSPThe number of multi-frame response events during firmware I/O. IOH hit class2The number of hit class2 events during firmware I/O. IOH miss otherThe number of other events missed during firmware I/O. IOH seq cnt errorThe number of seq count error events during firmware I/O. IOH len err_fcp_dl bytes xferedThe number of length error bytes transferred. IOH seq len errorThe number of IOH seq length error events during firmware I/O. Data out of rangeThe number of data events that are out of range during firmware I/O. Relative offset out of rangeThe number of relative offset events during firmware I/O. IOH hit_iost owned by f/wThe number of CPU-owned events during firmware I/O. unexpected frame received countThe number of unexpected frame events during firmware I/O. IOH error interruptThe number of interrupted errors during firmware I/O.
149
Field
Firmware Port FPG
Description
FPG interruptsThe number of firmware port interrupts. FPG level intrsThe number of Level 0 interrupts on the firmware port. FPG intr_excessThe number of excessive interrupts. FPG cause intrsThe number of 0 cause interrupts on the firmware port. FPG intr otherThe number of other interrupts on the firmware port. FPG intr other ignoredThe number of other interrupts that are ignored on the firmware port. FPG signal lostThe number of times loss of signal has occurred. FPG signal regainedThe number of times loss of signal has been regained. FPG sync lostThe number of times loss of synchronization has occurred. FPG sync timeoutThe number of times synchronization timeout has occurred. FPG sync regainedThe number of times loss of synchronization has been regained. FPG div2 overflowThe number of DIV2 overflow events on the firmware port. FPG div2 underflowThe number of DIV2 underflow events on the firmware port. FPG efifo overflowThe number of elastic FIFO (EFIFO) overflow events. FPG efifo underflowThe number of elastic FIFO (EFIFO) underflow events. FPG IDLE primitivesThe number of IDLE primitive events. FPG LRR primitivesThe number of link reset response (LRR) primitive events. FPG LR primitivesThe number of link reset (LR) primitive events. FPG OLS primitivesThe number of Offline Sequence (OLS) primitive events. FPG NOS primitivesThe number of not operational (link has failed) primitive events. FPG LIP primitivesThe number of loop initialization (LIP) primitive events. FPG ARBFO primitivesThe number of ARBFO primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. FPG ARB primitivesThe number of ARB primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. FPG MRK primitivesThe number of MRK primitive events that occurred on the firmware port. FPG const_mark_rxThe number of received MRK primitive events. FPG unknown primitivesThe number of unknown primitive events that occurred on the firmware port.
150
Field
Firmware Port PHYSM
Description
Module insert countThe number of module inserts in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Module extracts countThe number of module extracts in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Invalid module inserted countThe number of module invalid events in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Module validation status ignoredThe number of module validation ignored events in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). Laser fault countThe number of laser fault events in the Physical Port State Machine (PHYSM). CEE link up countThe number of DCB linkups on the FCoE port. CEE link down countThe number of DCB linkdowns on the FCoE port. FIP link up countThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) linkups. FIP link down countThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) linkdowns. FIP fail countThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) failures. Invalid mac assignedThe number of invalid MAC assigments on the FCoE port.
151
Field
Firmware Port FIP
Description
Vlan discovery requestsThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN requests. Vlan notificationsThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN notifications. Vlan response errorThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN error frames. Vlan discovery timeoutsThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) VLAN request timeouts. invalid vlan in discovery advertWhether the VLAN is invalid. Discovery solicit requestsThe number of solicited FIP discovery requests. Discovery solicit responseThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery responses. Discovery advert. parse errorsThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery error frames. Discovery unsolicitedThe number of unsolicited FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery requests. Discovery timeoutsThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) discovery timeouts. Discovery FCF Not Avail.The FCoE Forwarder (FCF) is not available for discovery. Unsupported link service reqThe number of unsupported FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) link services. Parse error in link service reqThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) link service error frames. FIP logos receivedThe number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) logout requests. Clear virtual link req.The number of FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) clear virtual link requests. Unsupported FIP operationThe number of unsupported FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) operations. Untagged framesThe number of untagged FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) frames. Invalid FIP version RXA RDS underrun RAD BPC overflow RAD RLB BPC overflow BPC FCS_ERR MAC got turned-onThe number of times MAC has been turned on. Link_upThe number of linkups on the Firmware CT. lost signalThe number of times loss of signal has occurred. DFE onThe number of decision-feedback-equalization (DFE) requests. No. of MAC reset to bring link up No of PCS reset to bring link up MAC got into serdes loopback Num MAC reset to bring linkup in loopback Num PCS reset to bring linkup in loopback crc_err
Firmware CT MAC
152
153
Description
Driver Parameters Note: It is possible to have multiple pairs of driver information, based on the number and types of drivers installed. Driver Name Driver Version Firmware Parameters Firmware Version BIOS Version PCI Registers Vendor ID Device ID Subsystem Vendor ID The identifier of the PCI Registers vendor. The device ID of the PCI Register. The ID of the PCI subsystem vendor. The version level of the firmware. The version level of the BIOS. The name of the host adapter driver. The version level of the host adapter driver.
154
Field
Current # of Lanes Initial Negotiated # of Lanes PCIe Generation
Description
The number of PCI lanes, in Gbps, each way between the PCI slot and the adapter. The set number of PCI lanes that were initially negotiated. The number of times the PCI Register is generated.
OEM Vital Product Data (VPD) Information Note: This information does not exist for the Brocade 1007 CNA expansion card. OEM Part # EDC The name of the original equipment manufacturer. The OEM part number of the HBA. The engineering date code (HP only), displayed as A-YYWW, where A is the revision, YY is the year minus 1960, and WW is the week of the release. For example, A-4832 is Revision A, week 32 of 2008. The manufacturing date code (HP only), displayed as YYWW, where YY is the year minus 1960 and WW is the week of manufacturing. For example, 4915 is the 15th week of 2009. The power rating (HP only). The value, 10 W, is the same for all adapters. The engineering change level for the card, represented by alphanumeric characters. The OEM FRU number of the HBA. The OEM serial number of the HBA. The OEM product description of the HBA. Displays information that is specific to the HBA vendor.
MDC
155
Description
The MAC address associated with the local system. The user-configured port description. The port identification associated with the transmitting LLDP agent. The user-configured name of the local system. The system description containing information about the software and current image running on the system. The primary functions performed by the system. The capabilities that the system supports are not configurable, but are based on the model of the product. The age of the information propogated in LLDP frames. Time to live (TTL) values are measured in seconds.
Time to Live
156
Field
Keep running data check box Polling frequency in seconds Start polling button Reset button Date ns_plogi_sent ns_plogi_rsp_err ns_plogi_acc_err ns_plogi_accepts NS command rejects ns_plogi_unknown_rsp ns_plogi_alloc_wait NS command retries NS command timeouts ns_rspnid_sent ns_rspnid_accepts ns_rspnid_rsp_err ns_rspnid_rejects ns_rspnid_alloc_wait ns_rftid_sent
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the logical port statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date and time of the most recent reset. The number of Name Server port logins sent. The number of Name Server response errors. The number of Name Server port login accept errors. The number of times Name Server port logins are accepted. The number of Name Server port login rejects. The number of unknown Name Server port login response errors. The number of delayed Name Server port login response errors. The number of Name Server command retries. The number of Name Server command timeouts. The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was sent. The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was accepted. The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier response errors. The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier rejects. The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier allocations. The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests sent.
157
Field
ns_rftid_accepts ns_rftid_rsp_err ns_rftid_rejects ns_rftid_alloc_wait ns_rffid_sent ns_rffid_accepts ns_rffid_rsp_err ns_rffid_rejects ns_rffid_alloc_wait ns_gidft_sent ns_gidft_accepts ns_gidft_rsp_err ns_gidft_rejects ns_gidft_unknown_rsp ns_gidft_alloc_wait MS command retries MS command timeouts ms_plogi_sent ms_plogi_rsp_err ms_plogi_acc_err ms_plogi_accepts MS command rejects ms_plogi_unknown_rsp ms_plogi_alloc_wait Num of RSCN received Num portid format RSCN Unsolicited recv frames Dropped received frames Received plogi Received adisc
Description
The number of times the system accepted Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier response errors. The number of times the system rejected Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. The number of delayed Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier allocations. The number of Name Server RFID tag requests sent. The number of times the system accepted Name Server RFID tag requests. The number of Name Server RFID tag response errors. The number of Name Server RFID tag rejects. The number of Name Server RFID tag allocations. The number of Name Server Get all Port ID requests sent. The number of times the system rejected Name Server Get all Port ID requests. The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID allocations. The number of times a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type is rejected. The number of unknown responses associated with a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type. The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID requests for a given FC4 type allocation. The number of MS command retries. The number of times an MS command timed out. The number of port login requests sent. The number of response errors associated with an MS port login. The number of accept errors associated with an MS port login. The number of MS port login accepts. The number of MS command rejects. The number of MS port login unknown responses. The number of delayed MS plogin allocations. The number of Registered State Change Notifications received. The number of Registered State Change Notifications received by Port ID. The number of received frames that were unsolicited. The number of received frames that were dropped. The number of times port logins are received. The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are received.
158
Field
Received prlo Received prli Received logo Received rpsc Received unhandled ELS Rport plogi retry timeout count Deleted rport (max retry of plogi) Total IO Requests Data in-bound requests Data out-bound requests Total IO completions Data transferred in bytes Slowpath IO completions IO underrun IO overrun IO Request-Q wait IO Request-Q wait done No free IO tag IO timeouts IO failure due to target offline IO protocol errors IO SBC-3 protection errors fcp-2 error recovery failed Delayed freeing of IO tag Host IO abort requests Host IO abort comps IO clean-up requests IO path TOV expired IO abort completions IO cleaned up due to IOC down
Description
The number of times PRLOs are received. The number of times PRLIs are received. The number of times logouts are received. The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests received. The number of unhandled ELS requests. The total number of timeouts that occurred during port login attempts on the remote port. The number of remote ports deleted after the maximum number of port login retries. The total number of I/O requests. The number of data requests for in-bound data only. The number of data requests for out-bound data only. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations that completed. The transferred data, measured in bytes. The number of input/output operations (I/Os) completed in slow path handling. The number of underrun input/output (I/O) operations operations. The number of overrun input/output (I/O) operations operations. The number of Q wait input/output (I/O) operations requests. The number of completed Q wait input/output (I/O) operations requests. The number of no free input/output (I/O) operations tags. The number of times an input/output (I/O) operation timed out. The number of input/output (I/O) operation failures due to an offline target. The number of input/output (I/O) operation protocol errors. The number of input/output (I/O) operation errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. The number of input/output (I/O) operation tags with delayed freeing. The number of host input/output (I/O) operation aborts requested. The number of completed host input/output (I/O) operation aborts. The number of input/output (I/O) operation clean up requests. The number of input/output (I/O) operations where the timeout value has expired. The number of completed input/output (I/O) operation aborts. The number of input/output (I/O) operations that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller is offline.
159
Field
IO comp with unknown tags Abort request due to TM command Abort completion due to TM command IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus delete requests IT Nexus FW delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions SLER requests Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM Requests TM Completions TM initiated IO cleanup success TM initiated IO cleanup faulures No free TM tag TM Request-Q wait TM Request-Q wait done TM cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions LM lun is across sg data buf LM lun not supported LM report-lun data changed LM residue in report-lun response changed LM buf is smaller than lun cnt reported by tgt
Description
The number of completed input/output (I/O) operations with unknown tags. The number of target mode abort requests. The number of completed aborts because of a target mode command. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested firmware create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested firmware create completions. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests that are online. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests that are offline. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested deletes. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requested firmware deletes. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) completed firmware deletes. The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) event requests. The number of disabled I/O controllers. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) completed cleanups. The number of task management requests. The number of task management completions. The number of successful task management initiated input/output (I/O) cleanups. The number of failed task management initiated input/output (I/O) cleanups. The number of free task management tags. The number of Q wait task management requests. The number of completed Q wait task management requests. The number of task management cleanups due to an offline I/O controller. The number of requested task management cleanups. The number of completed task management cleanups. Indicates whether the LM LUN is across the SG data buffer. Indicates whether the LM LUN is supported. Indicates whether the LM report LUN data changed. Indicates whether the LM residue in the report LUN response changed. Indicates whether the LM buffer is smaller than the LUN count, as reported by the target.
160
161
Description
Indicates whether the logical port is used as the base port. The Fibre Channel address of the logical port. The adapters world wide name. The logical ports world wide name. The role of the logical port; for example, FCP Initiator. Indicates whether the logical port is online or offline. The switchs IP address. The symbolic name associated with the logical port. The name of the Fabric to which the logical port is associated.
162
Description
Click to launch the Master Log Filter dialog box. Displays a numbering sequence in ascending order. The event severity (informational, minor, major, or critical). The world wide name or the media access control (MAC) address of the device on which the event occurred. The event categories are as follows: ADAPTER - Events pertaining to the adapter. CEE - Events pertaining to data center bridging. ETHPORT - Events pertaining to the Ethernet port. IOC - Events pertaining to the input/output (I/O) Controller. IP over FC - Events pertaining to IP over Fibre Channel. VLAN - Events pertaining to a virtual LAN. PORT - Events pertaining to a physical port. LPORT - Events pertaining to a specific logical port (one logical port always exists per physical port). RPORT - Events pertaining to a specific remote port (could be an initiator or target). ITNIM - Events pertaining to an Initiator Target Nexus. RSVD - Reserved. AUDIT - Audit events. The subcategory of the main event; for example, offline, online, disabled, or enabled. Displays a brief description of the event. The date and time when the event occurred. Click to clear the Master Log filter. Click to refresh the screen.
Subcategory column Description column Date/Time column Clear Filter button Refresh button
163
Description
Type a From and To value to represent the time during which events will be logged. Select one or all of the following values: Critical, Major, Minor, Information. Select an event category, for example, Rport or ITNIM, from the list. Select a world wide name (WWN) or media access control (MAC) address from the list.
164
Description
The serial number of the CNA. The hardware path of the CNA. The port number of the CNA. The ports world wide name. The port name; for example, Port 0 or Port 1. The type of binding; for example, Port WWN. The SCSI target name. The world wide name of the remote port. The SCSI target identifier. The SCSI bus number. Indicates whether persistent binding is enabled or disabled. Click to launch the Add Persistent Binding dialog box. Click to Edit the Edit Persistent Binding dialog box. Click to disable persistent binding.
165
NOTE
Description
166
Field
Max Speed Supported Frame Data Field Size Operating Parameters Logging Level Persistent Binding Target Rate Limit Default Rate Limit FC-SP Parameters Authentication Status Algorithm Group Error Status QoS Parameters Configured QoS State Operating QoS State Total BB Credit Priority Levels
Description
The maximum speed that is supported on the port, which is 8 Gbps. The frame size, in bytes, of the port. The default is 2112. Select auto to set the frame data field size automatically.
The port logging level. Values include Log Critical, Log Error, Log Warning, Log Info, and Log Invalid. Indicates whether persistent binding is on or off. Indicates whether target rate limiting is on or off. Select the target rate limit from the list. Options include 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, and 4 Gbps. The default is 2 Gbps.
Indicates whether FC-SP authentication is on or off. The status of Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) authentication. The configured authentication algorithm. The DH Group (DH Null, group 0, is the only option). The health status of the Fibre Channel Security Protocol (FC-SP) parameters.
Indicates whether QoS is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether QoS is online or offline. The total number of receive buffers. QoS priority levels. Values include High, Medium, and Low.
Configuring the port speed using HCM Specifying the maximum frame size using HCM Specifying path timeout using HCM Enabling and disabling rate limiting on the adapter side using HCM
167
NOTE
Description
The state of the port POM. The low-level DC current (the Bias Current), measured in mA. The received power, measured in mW. The port temperature, measured in Celsius. The transmitted power, measured in mW. The voltage; for example, 1.8V, 3.3V, or 5.0V.
168
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the port statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date and time of the most recent reset. The world wide name of the port about which statistics are displayed. Indicates the number of seconds between statistics reset. The number of total transmitted Fibre Channel frames across all protocols and classes. The number of total transmitted Fibre Channel words across all protocols and classes. The number of loop initialization protocol (LIP) transmit events. NOTE: Tx_LIP_F7F7 and Tx_LIP_F8F7 displays if port topology is in loop mode.
The number of loop timeouts. This counter displays only when port topology is in loop mode. The number of not operational (link has failed) transmit events. The number of transmitted Offline Sequence (OLS) events. The number of link reset (LR) transmit events. The number of transmitted Link Reset Response (LRR) events. The number of total received Fibre Channel frames across all protocols and classes. The number of total received Fibre Channel words across all protocols and classes. The number of loop initialization protocol (LIP) receive events. Rx_LIP_F7F7 and Rx_LIP_F8F7 displays if port topology is in loop mode. The number of not operational (link has failed) receive events.
Rx NOS
169
Field
Rx OLS Rx LR Rx LRR Rx CRC err frames Rx CRC err good EOF frames Rx undersized frames Rx oversized frames Rx frames with bad EOF Errored frames Dropped frames Link Failure (LF) Count Loss Of sync count Loss Of signal count Primitive sequence protocol err. Invalid ordered sets Encoding err non frame_8b10b Encoding err frame_8b10b Credit Recovery Frames Lost Credit Recovery R_RDYs Lost Credit Recovery Link Resets
Description
The number of received Offline Sequence (OLS) events. The number of link reset (LR) receive events. The number of received Link Reset Response (LRR) events. The number of frames that have been received in error. The number of received frames without end of frame (EOF) errors. The number of undersized received frames. The number of oversized received frames. The number of received frames with end of frame (EOF) errors. The number of frames received in error. The number of frames that were lost due to a lack of host buffers available. The number of times a link error has occurred. The number of times loss of sync has occurred. The number of times loss of signal has occurred. The number of primitive sequence protocol errors. The number of ordered sets that are invalid. The encoding non-frame error. The number of 8b/10b encoding errors recorded. The number of credit recovery frames lost. The number of credit recovery ready frames lost. The number of link resets initiated as a result of Credit Recovery.
170
Description
Check to run an Echo Test on the selected port. Check to run an FC Ping Test on the selected port. Check to run an FC Traceroute on the selected port. Click to add a selected port, logical port, or target to the test list. Click to remove a selected port, logical port, or target from the test list. Click to remove all ports, logical ports, and targets from the test list. Specify the number of times the test runs. The default value is 100. Displays the time the test was run, type of test run, status of the test, configuration, and the results. Select a port on which the test will be run from the list. Select a target on which the test will be run from the list. Select a logical port on which the test will be run from the list. Check to flag the system to stop running the test if an error occurs. Click to run the selected test. Click to stop all pending tests.
171
Description
The date and time of the most recent reset. The number of Exchange Link Parameters (ELPs) accepts sent. The number of ELPs dropped. The number of ELPs successfully received. The number of ELPs rejected. The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) accept requests received. The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) rejects received. The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) retries. The number of QoS Fabric login (FLOGI) requests sent. The number of Registered State Change Notifications (RSCNs) received.
172
Description
The type of real-time performance statistics. Options include: Port statistics on both the HBA and the CNA Virtual Port statistics on the virtual port Ethernet Port statistics on the Ethernet node FCP IM statistics on the remote port Select the polling interval. Options include 10 seconds, 20 seconds, or 30 seconds Click to save your configuration settings.
Tx bytes (Mbps)The number of transmitted bytes. Rx bytes (Mbps)The number of received bytes. Tx dropsThe number of dropped transmitted frames. Rx dropsThe number of dropped received frames. Tx FCS errorsThe number of frame check sequence (FCS) errors transmitted, which indicate that frames of data are corrupted. Rx FCS errorsThe number of frame check sequence (FCS) errors received, which indicate that frames of data are corrupted. Rx packetsThe number of received packets.
Displays the ports utilization statistics, measured in Mbps. Displays the ports errors, measured in errors per second.
173
NOTE
If it is a target port, there are two tabs in the right pane: Properties and LUNs.
Description
QoS Priority QoS Flow ID Vendor Information Vendor Product ID Product Revision
The products vendor. The product identifier. The products revision level.
174
Field
Device Type
Description
The device type (remote port).
FCP-IM IO Latency Information (if Profile is on) IO Size IO Latency Min IO Latency Max IO Latency Average Binding Information Bind Type Bus # Target ID FCP-IM Information (if Profile is off) FCP-IM State Data Retransmission REC Task Retry Identification Confirmed Completions IO Profile Support Indicates whether FCP-IM is online or offline. Indicates whether data retransmission is supported. Indicates whether the Read Exchange Concise (REC) feature is supported. Indicates whether task retry identification is supported. Indicates whether confirmed completions is supported. Indicates whether I/O profile support is turned on or off. The mode used to persistently bind target mappings. The unique identifying number for each PCI bus, assigned during system initialization. The identifier of the target device. The actual I/O throughput latency size. The minimum I/O throughput latency size. The maximum I/O throughput latency size. The average I/O throughput latency size.
175
NOTE
Only Brocade-branded SFP transceivers are supported with the 8 Gbps FC HBAs and SFP+ transceivers with the 10 Gbps CNAs.
Description
Extended Information Identifier Encoding Baud Rate Length 9u The identifier for the extended link. Displays how the extended link is encoded; for example, 8B10B. The transmission rate, roughly equivalent to the number of bits per second. The length of the single-mode fiber-optic cable, used in situations where gigabit performance is not required (for distances greater than 1 km). The length of the single-mode fiber-optic cable, used in situations where gigabit performance is not required (for distances greater than 100 meters). The length of the fiber-optic cable (for distances greater than 10 meters). The length of the fiber-optic cable (for distances greater than 10 meters). The length of the copper cable (for distances greater than 1 meter, where optimum performance is required).
Length 9u
176
Field
Vendor Name Vendor OUI Vendor Part Revision Wavelength Options BR Max BR Min Serial # Date Code Refresh button
Description
The vendor of the extended link. The vendors organizational unique identifier (OUI). The part number of the extended link. The revision level of the extended link. The wavelength translation, which enables longer reach through lower attenuation. Displays details about the transceiver; for example, the type of port connector, type of transceiver, and enable/disable status. The upper bit rate limit at which the SFP transceiver meets its specifications. The lower bit rate limit at which the SFP transceiver meets its specifications. The serial number of the SFP. The date the SFP was manufactured. Click to refresh the screen.
177
Description
The date and time of the most recent reset. The remote ports that are offline. The remote ports that are online. The number of Fibre Channel Registered State Change Notifications (RSCNs) received. The number of times port logins (when two node ports in the SAN establish a connection between each other) occur. The number of times port logins are accepted. The number of times port logins timeout. The number of times port logins are rejected. The number of times port logins fail. The number of times port logins are received. The number of inbound PRLIs. The number of received discover address (ADISC) requests. The number of received discover address (ADISC) requests that were rejected. The number of sent discover address (ADISC) requests. The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are accepted. The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests fail. The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are rejected. The number of times logouts occur. The number of times logouts are accepted. The number of times logouts fail. The number of times logouts are rejected.
178
Field
LOGO from remote port RPSC received recvd RPSC rejects RPSC requests sent RPSC accepted by rport RPSC failed no response RPSC rejected by us LS RJT with insuff resources uninit: create events uninit: exception events created: online events created: delete events created: IOC down created: exception events fw create: f/w responses fw create: delete events fw create: offline events fw create: IOC down fw create: exception events online: offline events online: delete events online: IOC down events online: exception events
Description
The number of times logouts are received from the remote port. The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests received. The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests rejected. The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests sent. The number of accepted Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests. The number of failed Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests. The number of rejected Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests. The number of rejected transmitted LS requests due to insufficient resources. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) uninit create events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) uninit exception events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created online events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created delete events. The number of times hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created I/O controllers were down. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL)-created exception events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware-created responses. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware-created delete events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware created offline events. The number of times hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmwarecreated I/O controllers were down. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware-created exception events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online and offline events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online delete events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online IOC down events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) online exception events.
179
Field
fw delete: fw responses fw delete: delete events fw delete: IOC down events fw delete: exception events offline: delete events offline: online events offline: IOC down events offline: exception events delete: fw events delete: IOC down events delete: exception events delete pend: fw responses delete pend: IOC downs delete pend: exceptions off-pending: fw responses off-pending: deletes off-pending: IOC downs off-pending: exceptions IOC down: offline events IOC down: delete events IOC down: online events IOC down: exceptions Link Failure Count Loss of Synchronization Count
Description
The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete f/w responses. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete Delete events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete IOC down events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) firmware Delete Exception events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) Offline Delete events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) Offline Online events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) offline IOC down events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) offline exception events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete f/w events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) Delete IOC down events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete exception events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete pend f/w responses. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete pending IOC downs. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) delete pending exceptions. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending f/w responses. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending deletes. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending IOC downs. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) off-pending exceptions. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down offline events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down delete events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down online events. The number of hardware abstraction layer (HAL) IOC down exception events. The number of link failures. The number of loss of synchronization errors.
180
Field
Loss of Signal Count Primitive Sequence Protocol Error Count Invalid Transmission Word Count Invalid CRC Count
Description
The number of signal lost errors. The number of primitive sequence protocol errors. The number of invalid words transmitted. The number of invalid cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors.
181
Description
Lists existing teams. Lists the current team that was selected from the Teams list. Lists the team mode. Values are 802.3ad, failover, and failback. Note that link aggregation groups only work if all the ports are part of the same switch but failover and failback can work if the ports are on multiple switches. The teams media access control (MAC) address. The active Ethernet link between the host and the switch. The transmit policy for sending out packets. The values are: l2 (source MAC XOR destination MAC) % (team member count). l2 is the default. l3-l4 (source port XOR dest port, source IP XOR dest IP, and 0xffff) % (team member count). Lists all the ports that are available for selection. Lists the ports that were selected to be members of the team. Sets the primary interface for the team. There are two Add buttons on the Teaming dialog box: Click the Add button beneath the Team Name field to add a team. Click the Add button next to the VLANs list to launch the VLAN Configuration dialog box. Click the Delete button beneath the Team Name field to delete a team.
Members list Selected Ports list Set Primary button Add button
Delete button
182
Field
Statistics button
Description
There are two Statistics buttons on the Teaming dialog box: Click the Statistics button beneath the Team Name field to launch the Teaming Statistics dialog box. Click the Statistics button next to the VLANs table to launch the VLAN Statistics dialog box. The list of VLANs that are available to add, edit, remove, or display statistics. Click to launch the Add VLAN dialog box, where you can configure a new VLAN to be added to the VLANs list. Select an existing VLAN from the VLANs list and click to edit the VLAN. Select an existing VLAN from the VLANs list and click to edit the VLAN. Select an existing VLAN from the VLANs list and click to display the VLAN statistics. Click to apply your configuration changes.
VLANs list Add button Edit button Remove button Statistics button Apply button
VLAN configuration
183
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the Teaming statistics. The date the Teaming statistics were run. The Team ID associated with the team members. The number of transmitted packets. The number of received packets. The number of transmitted error packets. The number of received error packets. The length of time between byte transmission and reception. The connection status.
Teaming configuration Displaying teaming statistics Teaming modes Configuring a team from the host level using HCM Adding and editing a team using HCM
184
Description
The date and time the test was run. The name of the test. The status of the test; for example, executing or pending. The name of the test component and its corresponding value; for example: Adapter world wide name Data pattern Frame count Port world wide name The test result; for example, test started or test complete.
Result
Running a port test using HCM Running a protocol-level test using HCM
185
Description
The state of the FCoE port (for example, operational). The FCoE ports world wide name. The nodes world wide name. Specifies the path timeout value, in seconds. Indicates whether displaying the log of FC frames and other main control messages is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether the I/O Profile feature is on or off. The I/O profile gathers the I/O latency information based on size (average, minimum, and maximum).
186
vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
The vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to the virtual host bus adapter (vHBA).
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the vHBA statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date the vHBA statistics were run. The number of mailbox interrupts that occurred on the vHBA. The number of enable events on the vHBA. The number of disable events on the vHBA. The number of heartbeat failures on the vHBA. The number of firmware boots on the vHBA. The number of times the vHBA statistics timed out. The number of heartbeats on the vHBA. The number of vHBA disable requests. The number of vHBA enable requests. The number of vHBA disable replies. The number of vHBA enable replies. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations. The number of data requests for in-bound data. The number of data requests for out-bound data. The number of completed input/output (I/O) operations. The write data that was transferred, measured in bytes. The read data that was transferred, measured in bytes.
187
vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
Field
Slowpath IO completions IO underrun IO overrun IO RequestQwait IO RequestQwait done No free IO tag IO failure due to target offline IO protocol errors IO SBC-3 protection errors fcp-2 error recovery failed Delayed freeing of IO Host IO abort IO clean-up requests IO path tov expired IO abort completions IO comp with unknown Abort request due to TM command Abort completion due to TM command IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus fw delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions IT Nexus delete requests SLER events Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM requests TM completions TM initiated IO cleanup success TM initiated IO cleanup failure
Description
The number of slow path I/O requests that are completed. The number of successful I/O underrun operations. The number of successful I/O overrun operations. The number of I/O requests in the wait queue. The number of I/O requests in the wait queue that completed. The number of I/O tags that are not free. The number of I/O failures caused by an offline target. The number of I/O protocol errors. The number of SCSI block data protection errors for SBC-3 (SCSI Block Command 3). The number of times an FCP-2 error recovery attempt failed. The number of I/O tags with delayed freeing. The number of aborted host input/output (I/O) operations. The number of I/O clean-up requests. The number of I/Os where the timeout value has expired. The number of I/O aborts that completed. The number of I/O completions with unknown tags. The number of aborted target mode command requests. The number of target mode commands that were aborted. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) create requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. The number of completed Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware create requests. The number of online Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. The number of offline Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) requests. The number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) firmware delete requests. The number of completed Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) delete requests. The total number of Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) delete requests. The number of second-level error recovery (SLER) events. The number of disabled I/O controllers. The number of completed Initiator Target Nexus (ITN) cleanups. The number of target mode (TM) requests. The number of target mode (TM) completions. The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that succeeded. The number of target mode (TM)-initiated I/O cleanup requests that failed.
188
vHBA Statistics for FCoE Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
Field
No free TM tag TM request Q-wait TM request Q-wait done TM-iocdowns TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions Total data transferred in bytes Aborted IO requests IO timeouts IO retry for SQ error recovery Delayed freeing of IO resources IO timeouts Host IO abort requests Total IO count Host IO abort requests IO cleaned up due to IOC down TM cleaned up due to IOC down
Description
The number of free target mode (TM) tags. The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests. The number of Q wait target mode (TM) requests that completed. The number of target mode requests that caused the I/O Controller to go down. The number of target mode (TM) cleanup requests. The number of completed target mode (TM) requests. The total amount of transferred data, measured in bytes. The number of aborted I/O requests. The number of times an I/O operation timed out. The number of I/O retries for sequence level error recovery. The number of times I/O resource freeing was delayed. The number of times an I/O operation timed out. The number of aborted I/O requests. The total number of input/output (I/O) operations. The number of aborted I/O requests on the host. The number of I/O requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down. The number of target mode requests that were cleaned up because the I/O Controller went down.
189
Description
Indicates whether the virtual port is used as the base port. The name of the Fabric associated with the base port. The Fabric-Provided Ethernet MAC address created using the FC_ID assigned by the Fabric. The Fibre Channel address of the virtual port. The adapters world wide name. The ports world wide name. Indicates whether preboot was created on the virtual port (True or False). The role of the virtual port; for example, FCP Initiator. Indicates whether the virtual port is online or offline. The switchs symbolic name. The switchs IP address.
190
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the vport statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date and time of the most recent reset. The number of Name Server port logins sent. The number of Name Server response errors. The number of Name Server port login accept errors. The number of times Name Server port logins are accepted. The number of Name Server port login rejects. The number of unknown Name Server port login response errors. The number of delayed Name Server port login response errors. The number of Name Server command retries. The number of Name Server command timeouts. The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was sent. The number of times the Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier was accepted. The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier response errors. The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier rejects. The number of Name Server Register Symbolic Port Name identifier allocations. The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests sent.
191
Field
ns_rftid_accepts ns_rftid_rsp_err ns_rftid_rejects ns_rftid_alloc_wait ns_rffid_sent ns_rffid_accepts ns_rffid_rsp_err ns_rffid_rejects ns_rffid_alloc_wait ns_gidft_sent ns_gidft_accepts ns_gidft_rsp_err ns_gidft_rejects ns_gidft_unknown_rsp ns_gidft_alloc_wait MS command retries MS command timeouts ms_plogi_sent ms_plogi_rsp_err ms_plogi_acc_err ms_plogi_accepts MS command rejects ms_plogi_unknown_rsp ms_plogi_alloc_wait Num of RSCN received Num portid format RSCN Unsolicited recv frames Dropped received frames Received plogi Received prli
Description
The number of times the system accepted Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. The number of Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier response errors. The number of times the system rejected Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier requests. The number of delayed Name Server Register FC4 Type identifier allocations. The number of Name Server RFID tag requests sent. The number of times the system accepted Name Server RFID tag requests. The number of Name Server RFID tag response errors. The number of Name Server RFID tag rejects. The number of Name Server RFID tag allocations. The number of Name Server Get all Port ID requests sent. The number of times the system rejected Name Server Get all Port ID requests. The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID allocations. The number of times a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type is rejected. The number of unknown responses associated with a Name Server Get all Port ID request for a given FC4 type. The number of delayed Name Server Get all Port ID requests for a given FC4 type allocation. The number of MS command retries. The number of times an MS command timed out. The number of port login requests sent. The number of response errors associated with an MS port login. The number of accept errors associated with an MS port login. The number of MS port login accepts. The number of MS command rejects. The number of MS port login unknown responses. The number of delayed MS plogin allocations. The number of Registered State Change Notifications received. The number of Registered State Change Notifications received by Port ID. The number of received frames that were unsolicited. The number of received frames that were dropped. The number of times port logins are received. The number of times PRLIs are received.
192
Field
Received adisc Received prlo Received logo Received rpsc Received unhandled ELS Rport plogi retry timeout cnt Del rport max num fdisc sent fdisc accepts fdisc retries fdisc timeouts fdisc response error bad fdisc accepts fdisc rejects fdisc unknown rsp fdisc req wait logo req alloc wait logo sent logo accepts logo rejects logo rsp errors logo rsp unknown errors fabric does not support npiv offline events from fab SM online events from fab SM cleanup request from fab SM
Description
The number of times discover address (ADISC) requests are received. The number of times PRLOs are received. The number of times logouts are received. The number of Report Port Speed Capabilities (RPSC) requests received. The number of unhandled ELS requests. The total number of timeouts that occurred during port login attempts on the remote port. The number of remote ports deleted after the maximum number of port login retries. The number of Fabric discoveries sent. The number of times the system accepts Fabric discoveries. The number of times a Fabric discovery is attempted. The time that is required for a Fabric discovery. The number of Fabric discovery response errors. The number of bad Fabric discovery accepts. The number of times the system rejects Fabric discoveries. The number of unknown Fabric discovery occurrences. The number of delayed Fabric discovery requests. The number of delayed Fabric logout requests. The number of times logouts occur. The number of times logouts are accepted. The number of times logouts are rejected. The number of logout response errors. The number of unknown logout occurrences. Indicates whether there is no NPIV support on the Fabric. The number of offline Fabrics. The number of online Fabrics. The number of Fabric cleanup requests.
193
NOTE
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the VLAN statistics. The date the VLAN statistics were run. The VLAN identifier. The VLAN name. The number of transmitted packets. The number of received packets. The number of transmitted error packets. The number of received error packets. The length of time between byte transmission and reception. The connection status.
194
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the VLAN statistics. The date the VLAN statistics were run. The VLAN identifier. The VLAN name. The number of transmitted packets. The number of received packets. The number of transmitted error packets. The number of received error packets. The length of time between byte transmission and reception. The connection status.
VLAN configuration Adding a VLAN using HCM VLAN configuration conflicts Editing a VLAN using HCM Removing a VLAN using HCM
195
Description
The status of the Ethernet port; for example, Linkup. The type of Ethernet device. The current media access control address. The media access control address assigned at the factory. Specifies the PCI function number. The hardware path of the Ethernet port.
Active PCIFNs and Configured PCIFNs fields PCI Function # Port Number Port Type QPairs Msix Resources Option Rom Enabled Sriov Capable Max VFs Active VFs The PCI function number of the selected port. The port number that is associated with the PCIFN. The port type that is associated with the port. The number of configured Q pairs used for high speed. The number of MSI-X resources. Indicates whether HBA option ROM is enabled or disabled. Indicates whether the port is capable of single root I/O virtualization (SRIOV). The maximum number of virtual fabrics allowed. The number of active virtual fabrics.
196
vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
The vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box enables you to display statistical information related to the virtual network interface card (vNIC).
Description
Click to continue running statistical data. This is useful if you want to see a trend. Type a number for polling frequency. The range is from 5 through 3600 seconds and the default is 5 seconds. Click to manually poll the vNIC statistics. Click to reset all of the statistics to 0. The date the vNIC statistics were run. The number of mailbox interrupts that occurred on the vNIC. The number of enable events on the vNIC. The number of disable events on the vNIC. The number of heartbeat failures on the vNIC. The number of firmware boots on the vNIC. The number of times the vNIC statistics timed out. The number of heartbeats on the vNIC. The number of vNIC disable requests. The number of vNIC enable requests. The number of vNIC disable replies. The number of vNIC enable replies. The number of link toggles. The number of DCB toggles. The number of transmitted pauses on the ASICs back pressure controller (BPC). The number of transmitted zero pauses on the ASICs back pressure controller (BPC) .
197
vNIC Statistics for Eth Port dialog box (Fabric Adapter only)
Field
BPC StatsTx First Pause BPC StatsRx Pause BPC StatsRx Zero Pause BPC StatsRx First Pause RAD StatsRx frames RAD StatsRx octets RAD StatsRx vlan frames RAD StatsRx ucast RAD StatsRx ucast-octets RAD StatsRx ucast vlan RAD StatsRx mcast RAD StatsRx mcast-octets RAD Statsmcast vlan RAD StatsRx bcast RAD StatsRx bcast-octets RAD StatsRx bcast vlan RAD StatsRx drops
Description
The first transmitted pause on the ASICs back pressure controller (BPC). The number of received pauses on the ASICs back pressure controller (BPC). The number of received zero pauses on the ASICs back pressure controller (BPC). The first received pause on the ASICs back pressure controller (BPC). The number of received admission (RAD) frames on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) octets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) VLAN frames received on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) unicast packets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) unicast octets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) unicast VLANs on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) multicast packets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) multicast octets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) multicast VLANs on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) broadcast packets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) broadcast octets on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) broadcast VLANs on the ASIC. The number of received admission (RAD) packet drops on the ASIC.
198
Appendix
In this section
BCU commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . auth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dcb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . diag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drvconf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ethboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ethport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fcdiag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fcoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fcpim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pbind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pcifn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . qos (HBA only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ratelim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vhba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vnic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200 207 212 215 218 220 223 227 229 230 232 234 238 241 252 254 259 261 262 264 276 278 280 282 286 288 292 299
199
About BCU
About BCU
This appendix provides reference documentation for the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) supporting the Brocade Fibre Channel components. You must explictly open the command shortcut to the BCU in order to run the BCU commands. The command prompt shortcut to the desktop is the Brocade B logo icon, which is automatically installed when the software is installed.
CAUTION On Windows operating systems, if you are upgrading the Brocade driver from an earlier version, it is strongly recommended that you use the BCU shortcut that is automatically placed on the desktop during installation. Opening the BCU using the Start > Run command can result in inconsistent information displayed in the BCU. On VMware ESX 5.0 systems BCU commands are integrated with the esxcli infrastructure; therefore, you must precede the BCU command with esxcli; for example: # esxcli brocade bcu --command=port --perf all -c 1 The command must be in quotes, as shown in the example.
BCU commands
Table 20 lists the Brocade Command Line Utility (BCU) commands alphabetically that are available for configuring the devices in a SAN environment that use a Brocade adapter.
TABLE 20
Command
bcu --help
bcu <sub_command> --help Adapter commands bcu adapter --list --name --query --enable --disable --mode Authentication commands bcu auth --show --policy --algo --secret --stats
<ad_id > <adapter-name> <ad_id> <adapter_name> <ad_id> <ad_id> <ad_id> <ad_id> {HBA|CNA|NIC} [-f]
<pcifn> <pcifn> <on | off> <pcifn> <md | sha1 | ms | sm> <pcifn> <secret_string> <pcifn>
200
BCU commands
TABLE 20
BIOS commands bcu bios --query --enable --disable Boot commands bcu boot --blunZone --update Data Center Bridging (DCB) commands bcu dcb --query --stats --statsclr <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> -c <cfg> -p <port_wwn> -r <rport_wwn> -l <lun_id | lun#> [adapter_id] <image_file> [-a] [force] <port_id> <port_id> [-s speed] [-o <auto|flash|firstluns>] [-t <topo>] [-p <pos>] {-b pwwn lun}* [-d bdelay] <port_id>
Diagnostic commands Note: The sfpshow and beacon diagnostic tests are not available on the Brocade 804 mezzanine card or the Brocade 1007 and Brocade 1741 expansion cards. The dportdiable and dportenable commands are only supported on 16 Gbps SFPs. bcu diag --beacon --dportdisable --dportenable --ethloopback --loopback --memtest --pciloopback --queuetest --sfpshow --tempshow <pcifn> <on | off> [<duration>] <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> [-t <loopback-type>] [-c <frame_count>] [-p <pattern>] <port_id> [-t <sub_test_id>] [-s <speed>] [-c <frame_count>] [-p <pattern>] <ad_id> <port_id> -p <pattern> [-c <frame_count>] <port_id> [-q <queue number>] <port_id> <ad_id>
Driver configuration commands Note: Driver configuration commands are supported only on Windows operating systems. bcu drvconf --key --query --val Ethernet Boot commands bcu ethboot --enable --disable --vlan <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> <vlan_id> <key_name> [-d] <value>
201
BCU commands
TABLE 20
Ethernet Port commands Note: All ethport commands are available on Windows systems only. bcu ethport --vlanadd --vlanremove --vlanedit --vlanlist --vlanquery Fabric commands bcu fabric --enable --disable --add --delete --list --query --stats --statsclr FC diagnostic commands bcu fcdiag --fcping --fctraceroute --fcecho --linkbeacon --scsitest FCoE commands bcu fcoe --enable --disable --stats --statsclr FCP initiator mode commands bcu fcpim --query --stats --statsclr --pathtov --profile_on --profile_off --ioperf --ioperf <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> <tov> <pcifn> <pcifn> <port_range> [-l | r] [-c count] [-i interval] <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] [-r <rpwwn>] [-c count] [-i interval] <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] <port_id> {on|off} <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] <port_id> [-f <vf_id>] <port_id> <port_id> <vf_id> <port_id> <vf_id> <port_id> [-A | --All] <port_id> <vf_id> <port_id> <vf_id> <port_id> <vf_id> <pcifn> <vlan_id> [<vlan_name>] <pcifn> <vlan_id> <pcifn> <vlan_id> <new_vlan_name> <pcifn> <pcifn> <vlan_id>
202
BCU commands
TABLE 20
bcu fcpim
Log commands bcu log Logical port (lport) commands bcu lport --list --query --stats --statsclr <pcifn> <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] --level <pcifn> [<level>] [-m <fw|hal|fcs|drv|aen|all>]
Target persistent binding commands Note: Target persistent binding is available in Windows operating systems only. bcu pbind --list --set --clear PCIFN command bcu pcifn PHY command bcu phy --update --query --stats Port commands (physical port) bcu port --disable --dfsize --enable --faa --fwstats --fwstatsclr --list --mode <port_id> <port_id> [<dfsize>] <port_id> <port_id> query <port_id> <port_id> [<-verbose|-terse>] <port_id> [HBA|CNA|NIC] [-f] <ad_id | -a> <binary_file> <port_id> <port_id> --list <ad_id> <port_id> [-l <lpwwn>] <port_id> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <bus> <target> [-l <lpwwn>] <port_id> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>]
203
BCU commands
TABLE 20
QoS commands Note: QoS commands apply to the 8 Gbps HBA and 16 Gbps Fabric Adapter only; they are not available at the vHBA level. bcu qos --enable --disable --query --setbw --stats --statsclr <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> -h <%value> -m <%value> -l <%value> <port_id> <port_id>
Target rate limiting commands Note: Target rate limiting is not available at the vHBA level. bcu ratelim --enable --disable --query --defspeed Remote port (rport) commands bcu rport --list --query --stats --statsclr --osname* <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> <port_id> [<1|2|4|8>]
*osname is obsolete in driver versions 3.0.0 and later. It has been replaced by bcu fcpim --lunlist. Refer to fcpim for usage information. Teaming (Windows only) commands. Note: Teams are not supported on virtual NICs (vNICs). bcu team
204
BCU commands
TABLE 20
Trunk commands bcu trunk --enable --disable --query Version command bcu --version vHBA commands bcu vhba --query --enable --disable --stats --statsclr --intr vNIC commands bcu vnic --create --delete --query --enable --disable --stats --statsclr --bw <port_id> [-bmin <min bandwidth>] [-bmax max bandwidth>] <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> [-bmin <min bandwidth>] [-bmax max bandwidth>] <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <pcifn> <-c> {on] [off} [<latency> <delay>] Displays the CLI and driver version number. <ad_id> <ad_id> <ad_id>
Virtual port (vport) commands Note: The vport commands are not supported on Solaris platforms. bcu vport --create --delete --query --stats --statsclr <pcifn> <vpwwn> [-n <vnwwn>] [-s <sname>] <pcifn> <vpwwn> <pcifn> <vpwwn> <pcifn> <vpwwn> <pcifn> <vpwwn>
205
BCU commands
TABLE 20
206
adapter
adapter
Displays and sets physical adapter parameters. The adapter ID can be specified as adapter index, adapter serial number, adapter name, or hardware path. When trunking is enabled, multiple physical ports are trunked together to form a logical Fibre Channel port. Synopsis bcu adapter - -list <ad_id> <adapter-name> bcu adapter - -query <ad_id> bcu adapter - -enable <ad_id> bcu adapter - -disable <ad_id> bcu adapter - -mode <ad_id> [HBA|CNA|NIC] [-f] bcu adapter - -name <ad_id> [ad_name] Description Displays and sets commands that apply to the physical adapter. There can be one or more PCI functions per adapter, which are referred to as ports. Each port exposes a logical Fibre Channel (FC) or Ethernet port. When invoked without operands, this command displays the usage. - -list - -query Lists all adapters in the system. For each adapter in the system, a brief summary line is displayed. Queries and displays adapter information: the adapter name, the model name, the hardware revision, the serial number, and PCIe and flash information. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to query. Enables the adapter. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to enable. Disables the adapter. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to disable. Displays or specifies the name of the adapter. The adapter name can be identified either by serial number or by adapter index. Note: Use an empty string ( ) to clear a previous adapter name. Adapter names are stored persistently. serial-no | adapter index Specifies the serial number or the ID of the adapter for which you want to display information. adapter-name Specifies the adapter name. The name can include up to 15 characters, must begin with a letter, can consist of letters, digits, hyphens, and underscore characters, but must not contain spaces. This operand is optional; if you do not specify an adapter name, the current adapter name displays.
NOTE
Operands
207
adapter
Specifies the Fabric Adapters mode , maximum physical functions (PFs) per port, and maximum virtual functions (VFs) per PF. Specifies the ID of the adapter. Specifies the port mode for all ports on the adapter: a single port adapter or dual port adapter can be configured as an HBA, a CNA, or a NIC. By default, the maximum number of physical functions per port is four.
The HBA is configured as an FC adapter that allows storage traffic only. The CNA is configured as a converged Ethernet adapter that allows
- -f Example
# bcu adapter --list
network and storage traffic. The NIC is configured as an Ethernet adapter that allows network traffic only.
Forces the command to reset all the settings configured on the adapter.
AD #
NP (Number of ports) 2 2 2
HW-path
Type
Model-Info
Serial-num
Name
1 2 3
- - - -
# bcu adapter --query 1 Adapter Information: model info: OEM info: num ports: max speed: hw path: Serial Num: name: PCI Information: vendor id: device id: ssvid: PCIe Gen: PCIe lanes: PCI function 0 ssid: port: type: 0x0014 0 FC/FCoE 0x1657 0x0013 0x1657 Gen1 8 (Initial number of lanes = 8) Brocade-825 N/A 2 8 Gbps 16:00 ALX0301D062
208
adapter
PCI function 1 ssid: port: type: Port Information: Port 0 Name: adpt1port0 Type: 8G FC Mode: HBA pwwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:a0:8d:66 Beacon: off Max PFs: 1 Port 1 Name: adpt1port1 Type: 8G FC Mode: HBA pwwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:a0:8d:67 Beacon: off Max PFs: 1 Flash Information: status: option ROM version: current: flashed: fw version: 3.1.0.0_beta_bld02 3.1.0.0_beta_bld02 3.1.0.0_beta_bld02 good 0x0014 1 FC/FCoE
# bcu adapter --query 3 Adapter Information: model info: OEM info: num ports: max speed: hw path: Serial Num: name: PCI Information: vendor id: device id: ssvid: PCIe Gen: PCIe lanes: 0x1657 0x0014 0x1657 Gen1 4 (Initial number of lanes = 4) Brocade-1860 N/A 2 16 Gbps 0000:1c BUJ0452F018
209
adapter
PCI function 0 ssid: port: type: PCI function 1 ssid: port: type: PCI function 2 ssid: port: type: PCI function 3 ssid: port: type: 0x0015 1 Ethernet 0x0015 0 Ethernet 0x0014 1 FC/FCoE 0x0014 0 FC/FCoE
Port Information: Port 0 Name: adpt3port0 Type: 10G Eth Mode: CNA pwwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:a0:8d:66 MAC: 00:05:1e:a0:8d:66 Beacon: off Max PFs: 2 Port 1 Name: adpt3port1 Type: 10G Eth Mode: CNA pwwn: 10:00:00:05:1e:a0:8d:67 MAC: 00:05:1e:a0:8d:67 Beacon: off Max PFs: 2 Flash Information: status: option ROM version: BIOS: fw version: 3.1.0.0 3.1.0.0 good
210
adapter
# bcu adapter --name 1 emc_fab3_ad5 adapter BRCD1234567's name set to emc_fab3_ad5 # bcu adapter --disable 1 adapter id 1 disabled # bcu adapter --enable 1 adapter id 1 enabled
# bcu adapter --mode 1 NIC ERROR: adapter BRCD1234567's mode can only be set to HBA
See Also
port
211
auth
auth
Enables authentication configuration on a per-port basis and the ability to display authentication status and statistics. The port ID can be any one of the following:
Synopsis
Port ID Adapter ID Port world wide name Port name Port hardware path
bcu auth - -algo <pcifn> <md|sha1|ms|sm> bcu auth - -policy <pcifn> <on|off> bcu auth - -secret <pcifn> <secret_string> bcu auth - -show <pcifn> bcu auth - -stats <pcifn> bcu auth - -statsclr <pcifn>
Description Operands
Configures and displays authentication settings and status. - -algo pcifn Sets the authentication algorithm. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the authentication algorithm.
md|sha1|ms|sm
Turns authentication on or off. By default, the authentication policy is disabled. If authentication is enabled, the port attempts to negotiate with the switch. If the switch side does not participate in the authentication process, the port skips the authentication process. If the switch participates in the authentication and authentication fails, the port is placed in a link down state. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to set the authentication policy. Specifies the state of the authentication policy: policy 2/1 on means authentication is turned on, policy 2/1 off means authentication is turned off.
pcifn on|off
212
auth
Sets the shared secret. Note: You cannot clear the secret. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the shared secret. Specifies the secret string. The maximum length of the secret is 63 bytes. The default secret for each interface is its PWWN without the colons; for example, 0102030405060708. Displays the authentication settings and current status. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display the authentication settings. Displays the authentication statistics. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display information. Clears the authentication statistics. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to clear statistics.
port 1/0
Auth success
213
auth
See Also
None
214
bios
bios
Enables the basic input/output system (BIOS) in preparation for boot over SAN. The BIOS is the firmware code that, when first powered on, is a type of boot loader. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for more information about configuring BIOS. Synopsis bcu bios --query <port_id> bcu bios --enable <port_id> [-s speed] [-t <topo>] [-o <auto|flash|firstlun>] [-p pos] {-b pwwn,lun} [-d bdelay] [-query] bcu bios --disable <port_id> Description You must enable BIOS to support boot over SAN for a port. If disabled, the host system cannot boot from Fibre Channel disk drives. BIOS must be enabled on only one adapter port per host in order to boot from SAN. The default setting for the boot BIOS is enabled. The port ID can be any of the following:
NOTE
Operands
Adapter ID Port ID Port WWN Port name Port hardware path Queries the BIOS configuration. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display information. Enables the boot over SAN configuration. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the ports boot over SAN attributes. Specifies the port speed.
-t topo
Valid port speeds for 4 Gbps FC adapters are 1, 2, and 4 Gbps. Valid port speeds for 8 Gbps FC adapters are 2, 4, and 8 Gbps. Valid port speeds for 16 Gbps FC adapters are 2, 4, 8, and 16 Gbps. You cannot specify a speed setting for 10 Gbps CNAs. The default port speed is auto (auto-negotiate).
Specifies the port topology. This is an optional parameter. The topology can be set to point-to-point (p2p) or loop and the default is p2p.
215
bios
-o auto|flash|firstlun Specifies the following options for obtaining boot LUN information. This list displays only if BIOS is enabled and Fabric Discovery is disabled.
Specifies the start position of boot LUNs in the flash array. The range is from 0 through 3. The LUN information specified in position 0 is used first to boot from SAN, then information specified for positions 1, 2, and 3. The default position value is 0, which means any existing pwwn,lun information in flash is erased. Specifies the host boots from the LUN information defined by the target port world wide name (PWWN) and LUN value (lun). Specify the PWWN as a colon-separated value and the LUN as a 64-bit decimal value. Note: The LUN must be the same LUN that you bound to the port using the storage systems management or configuration utility.
-b pwwn,lun
Specifies the bootup delay value. Valid values are 0, 1, 2, 5, and 10 minutes and the default value is 0 minutes. Displays the bootup delay value. Disables boot over SAN for the specified port, if enabled. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to disable the boot over SAN configuration.
# bcu bios --query 1/0 boot over SAN: port speed: enabled Auto
Boot luns discovered from the fabric boot lun 0: target wwn: lun: boot lun 1: target wwn: lun: boot lun 2: target wwn: lun: boot lun 3: target wwn: lun: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:01 8cd9-3907-0000-0000 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:82 012c-0000-0000-0000 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:80 0400-0000-0000-0000 10:20:30:40:50:60:70:80 1000-a5d4-e800-0000
216
bios
Pre-boot Configuration: Speed: 2/4/8/Auto for 8G cards BIOS: Enabled/Disabled Number of boot luns: 8 Boot LUN 0 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 1 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 2 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 3 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 4 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 5 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 6 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN> Boot LUN 7 : <Targets WWN>, <LUN>
See Also
boot port
217
boot
boot
Allows the hosts boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database using a zone name containing the PWWN of an adapter port and zone members consisting of the storage target PWWN and LUN WWN. The adapter boot code can query the zone member list for the zone name that matches the adapter PWWN to determine the boot target and LUN. A system reboot is required for the newly-updated image to be effective. Refer to the Brocade Adapters Installation and Reference Manual for information about creating zones on the switch where the adapter is connected. On Solaris systems, the Update Boot Image menu is disabled if the host does not have a Fibre Channel HBA card or if the driver version is 1.1.0.7 or earlier. Synopsis bcu boot - -blunZone -c <cfg> -p <port_wwn> -r <rport_wwn> -l <lun_id | lun#> bcu boot - -update [adapter_id] <image_file> [-a] Description Operands Boot commands allow the hosts boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database using a zone name and allow for the update of the boot code in flash memory. - -blunZone -c cfg -p port_wwn -r rport_wwn -l lun_id -l lun# - -update adapter_id Generates the zonecreate command to be run on the switch. Specifies the boot LUN (BLUN) of the boot command. Specifies the world wide name of the port (specified as a colon-separated value). Specifies the world wide name of the remote port (rport). Specifies the ID of the logical unit. The LUN ID is specified as a hexadecimal byte; for example, FF. Specifies the number of the logical unit. The LUN number is specified as a hexadecimal, eight-byte string; for example, 09AABBCCDDEEFF00. Updates the boot code in flash. Specifies the ID of the adapter on which boot code is updated. The adapter id could be any one of the following: adapter serial number, adapter name, or adapter hardware path. Specifies the name of the boot code image file. Indicates the boot code is updated to all the Brocade adapters found on the host. The adapter_id is not specified if -a is specified.
NOTE
NOTE
image_file -a
218
boot
Example
# bcu boot --update 1 brocade_adapter_boot_fw_v2-2-0-0 Boot code updated successfully A reboot of the system is needed for the newly updated image to be effective.
To create the zone, copy the following line and run this command from the switch command line.
zonecreate BFA_100000051E419ACB_BLUN,00:00:00:00:50:00:00:05; 00:00:00:01:1e:41:9a:ca; 00:00:00:02:09:aa:bb:cc, 00:00:00:03:dd:ee:ff:00
See Also
bios
219
dcb
dcb
Displays Data Center Bridging (DCB) information on the port. The Port ID could be any of the following:
All switches must be in non-willing mode. Synopsis bcu dcb - -query <port_id> bcu dcb - -stats <port_id> bcu dcb - -statsclr <port_id> Operands - -query port_id - -stats port_id - -statsclr port_id Examples Displays LLDP remote information, DCB configuration, and DCBX-related information on the port. Specifies the ID of the adapter (CNA). Displays the DCB port statistics. Specifies the ID of the converged network adapter for which you will print the statistics. Clears the DCB port statistics. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to clear statistical information.
NOTE
# bcu dcb --query 1/0 DCB status: Active ---------------------------------------Remote LLDP-Attributes ---------------------------------------Time to Live Chassis ID Port ID Port Desc System Name System Desc System Cap 120 00:05:1e:54:18:ce Te 0/4 ---BRIDGE
----------------------------------------
220
dcb
Operational DCB Map: --------------------Priority Group Table <PGID: Weight 0: Weight 1: Weight 2: Weight 3: Weight 4: Weight 5: Weight 6: Weight 7: Weight %, PFC status for the group> 0, PFC Disabled 80, PFC Enabled 20, PFC Disabled 0, PFC Disabled 0, PFC Disabled 0, PFC Disabled 0, PFC Disabled 0, PFC Disabled
---------------------------------------------PGID: 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
# bcu dcb --stats 1/0 DCB Statistics: LLDP Tx Frames LLDP Rx Frames LLDP Rx Frames invalid LLDP Rx Frames new LLDP Rx unrecognized TLVs LLDP Rx shutdown TLVs LLDP remote info aged out DCBX phy link ups DCBX phy link downs DCBX Rx TLVs DCBX Rx TLVs invalid DCBX control TLV errors DCBX feature TLV errors : 560 : 563 : 0 : 6 : 6 : 0 : 0 : 2 : 1 : 4 : 0 : 0 : 0
221
dcb
DCBX new DCB cfg rcvd DCB status down DCB status up DCB hw cfg changed DCB invalid cfg
: 2 : 1 : 2 : 2 : 2
# bcu dcb --statsclr 1/0 Successfully reset the port dcb statistics
See Also
None
222
diag
diag
Lists the non-destructive group of diagnostic commands. The port can be identified using the adapter index, the port index, the port name, or the port world wide name. Before you run the loopback test, disable the physical port using the bcu port --disable <port_id> command. Before you run the memtest, disable the adapter using the bcu adapter --disable <ad_id> command. The port ID can be any one of the following:
- -dportdisable port_id
223
diag
Sets the port into D_Port mode. The port must first be disabled. Specifies the ID of the D_Port you want to enable. The Ethernet Port Loopback Test generates and sends out the desired number of packets and expects to receive the same number of packets through the loopback interface (Serdes or external). Each time a packet is sent, it is selected from a different starting point of the data buffer so that any two consecutively transmitted packets will not be the same. Before you run the ethloopback test, disable the physical port using the bcu port --disable <port_id> command.
port_id -t sub_test_id
Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to run a loopback test. Specifies the loopback type. Possible values are serdes or ext (external). The default is serdes.
-c frame_count Specifies the number of loopback frames to be sent during the test. Possible values are 1 through 131072 frames and the default is 65536. -p pattern - -loopback port_id -t sub_test_id Specifies the pattern (must be one hex word), with no 0x prefix. Tests the data path from the IOC to the desired network loopback point (internal, serdes, external) and back. This is an offline diagnostic test. Specifies the identifier of the port on which you want to run the loopback test. Specifies the loopback test type. Possible values include the following test types:
int - Internal loopback, the default serdes - SerDes loopback ext - External loopback
If the loopback type is not specified, all loopback tests run. -s speed Specifies the link speed as 10, 8, 4, 2, or 1 Gbps. This is an optional parameter. If not specified, the default speed for a specific adapter is tested:
The default speed for 16 Gbps, 8 Gbps, and 4 Gbps FC HBAs is 4 Gbps. The default speed for 10 Gbps FCoE CNAs is 10 Gbps.
-c frame_count Specifies the frame count range, from 1 through 131072. The default value is 65536. -p pattern - -memtest ad_id - -pciloopback pcifn pattern Specifies the pattern (must be one hex word). Performs a generic memory test using different algorithms. This is an offline diagnostic test and the adapter must be disabled to execute this test. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to test the memory blocks. Sends a health check message back and forth from the host to the I/O Controller (IOC) through the host engine over the PCI. Specifies the PCI function number. Displays the data pattern.
-c frame_count Specifies the frame count range, from 1 through 131072. The default value is 65536.
224
diag
degrees Celsius. - -queuetest Sends a health check message from the host to the firmware through message queues that are memory mapped over the PCI. This is an online diagnostic test. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to run a queuetest. Specifies the CPE queue number from 0 to 3. If the CPE queue number is not specified, all queues are tested. - -sfpshow Monitors the attributes of the small form factor pluggable (SFP) device. Note: A notification occurs for any parameter that is not within the configured power, temperature, voltage, and current specification or policy. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to display the SFP attributes. Reads the adapters temperature sensor registers of the adapter. This is an online diagnostic test. Specifies the ID of the adapter for which you want to display temperature.
port_id
-q queue_number
# bcu diag --sfpshow 1/0 Identifier: Connector: Transceiver: Encoding: Baud Rate: Length 9u: Length 9u: Length 50u: Length 62.5u: Length Cu: Vendor Name: Vendor OUI: Vendor PN: Vendor Rev: Wavelength: Options: BR Max: BR Min: Serial No: Date Code: Temperature: Current: Voltage: RX Power: 3 7 SFP LC 10G_BASE-SR
0000000000000010 6 64B66B
103 (units 100 megabaud) 0 (units km) 0 (units 100 meters) 8 (units 10 meters) 3 (units 10 meters) 0 (units 1 meter) BROCADE 00:05:1e 57-0000075-01 A 352 (units nm) 001a 0 0 AAF108500000FYJ 081211 31.824219 Centigrade 7.806000 mAmps 3.280900 V 0.285000 mW Rx_LOS TX_FAULT TX_DISABLE
225
diag
Tx Power: Alarm/Warning:
0.563000 mW 00000000
To run the ethloopback test over adapter 1, port 0 in the external mode, with a count of 1024 frames and a pattern of test1, run the following command:
# bcu port --disable 1/0 # bcu diag - -ethloopback 1/0 -t ext -c 1024 -p test1
# bcu diag --dportdisable 1/0 D-port mode for port 1/0 disabled.
See Also
fcdiag
226
drvconf
drvconf
Sets the basic parameters for the driver to function properly. Note: The drvconf commands are supported on Windows platforms only. Synopsis Description bcu drvconf - -key <key_name>] - -val <value> - -query [-d] Changes the values for basic Windows registry entry parameters. You can directly change these values by editing the Windows registry entries for these values, or you can use the drvconf commands for the same purpose. Operands - -key key_name - -val value - -query The name of the bfa key. Sets the value of the bfa key. See below for possible values and default settings. Prints the current settings for the FC and FCoE driver.
NOTE
Example
--key <key_name> [--val <value>] Available keys and allowed values are: key: pbind_enable value range = [0|1] default = 1 key: fdmi_enable value range = [0|1] default = 1 key: reqq_size value range(KB) = [64|128|256|512|1024|2048|4096|8192] default = 512 key: rspq_size value range(KB) = [64|128|256|512|1024|2048|4096|8192] default = 512 key: bfa_lun_queue_depth value range = [1-32] default = 32 key: bfa_max_xfer_len value range(KB) = [64|128|256|512|1024|2048|4096|8192|16384]
227
drvconf
default = 2048 key: ioc_auto_recover value range = [0|1] default = 1 key: rport_del_timeout value range = [1-90] default = 90 key: msix_disable value range = [0|1] default = 0 --query Prints out the current settings for FC and FCoE driver
See Also
None
228
ethboot
ethboot
Enables or disables Ethernet boot, also known as a Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) boot, an alternative to booting from the local disk or the SAN (boot over SAN). VLAN configuration with PXE is not supported in driver versions 3.1 and later. Refer to the PXE BIOS on page 66 for configuration details. Synopsis bcu ethboot --enable <port_id> bcu ethboot --disable <port_id> bcu ethboot --vlan <port_id> <vlan_id> bcu ethboot --query <port_id> Description Operands Enables or disables Ethernet Boot (PXE boot) on the port or configures the VLAN ID to use for the specified port. - -enable port_id - -disable port_id - -vlan port_id vlan_id - -query port_id Example Enables PXE boot for the specified port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to enable PXE. Disables the PXE for the specified port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to disable PXE. Sets the VLAN ID to be used during PXE boot for the specified port (in driver versions 3.0 and earlier). Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to set the VLAN ID. Specifies the ID of the virtual LAN (VLAN). The supported VLAN ID range is from 0 through 4094. Displays the PXE boot configuration on the specified port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to display the PXE configuration.
NOTE
See Also
ethport
229
ethport
ethport
With port-based VLANs, each physical switch port is configured with a set of VLANs that you can configure using the ethport commands. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094, where a VLAN ID of 0 is used to identify priority frames; that is, the frame does not belong to any VLAN, but instead contains 802.1x priority information. All ethport commands are available on Windows systems only. Synopsis bcu ethport --vlanadd <pcifn> <vlan_id> [<vlan_name>] bcu ethport --vlanremove <pcifn> <vlan_id> bcu ethport --vlanedit <pcifn> <vlan_id> <new_vlan_name> bcu ethport --vlanlist <pcifn> bcu ethport --vlanquery <pcifn> <vlan_id> Description Operands Adds, removes, and edits VLANs on a port, lists configured VLANs on the port, or displays details about the VLAN. In addition, displays or clears statistical information on the Ethernet port. - -vlanadd pcifn vlan_id vlan_name - -vlanremove pcifn vlan_id - -vlanedit pcifn vlan_id Configures a new VLAN ID on the port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094. Specifies the VLAN name (optional). Removes an existing VLAN ID from the port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094. Modifies an existing VLAN on the port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094. Lists the configured VLANs on the port. Specifies the PCI function number. Displays the VLAN information on the port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094.
NOTE
new_vlan_name Specifies a different name for the VLAN. - -vlanlist pcifn - -vlanquery pcifn vlan_id
230
ethport
Example
-------------------------------
# bcu ethport --vlanquery 1/0/1 1 vlan id: 1 vlan name: VLAN0001 vlan statistics: Tx Bytes: Rx Bytes: Duration: Status: 200 100 2:30:32 Connected
See Also
ethboot
231
fabric
fabric
Enables and disables the virtual fabric (VF) mode on a specified port and displays and clears the VF statistics. Synopsis bcu fabric - -enable <port_id> [-f <vf_id>] bcu fabric - -disable <port_id> bcu fabric - -add <port_id> <vf_id> bcu fabric - -delete <port_id> <vf_id> bcu fabric - -list <port_id> [-A | - -All] bcu fabric - -query <port_id> <vf_id> bcu fabric - -stats <port_id> <vf_id> bcu fabric - -statsclr <port_id> <vf_id> Description Enables or disables the virtual fabric mode on a specified port, allows you to add or remove participation of a port in a virtual fabric, and displays and clears virtual fabric statistics. Note the following configuration points:
Disable the port before enabling or disabling VF mode. Re-enable the port for VF mode to take effect. Delete any previously-added VFs before disabling VF mode, and re-enable the port to restart
without VF mode.
The port can be enabled with no explicit VF added, which causes the port to be in an untagged,
online state if the default VF matches the switch-side default mode. If the default VF IDs do not match, the port goes into a non-participating state. Operands - -enable port_id -f vf_id - -disable port_id - -add port_id vf_id - -delete port_id vf_id Enables virtual fabric mode. This command applies to the entire port. Specifies the ID of the port on which VF mode is enabled. Specifies the ID of the virtual fabric. Disables VF mode on the port. Specifies the ID of the port on which VF mode is disabled. Adds participation in a virtual fabric. Specifies the ID of the port on which the ports participation in VF mode is added. (Optional) The default virtual fabric ID for the port. If you do not specify a virtual fabric ID, the ID is set to 1. Removes participation in a virtual fabric and deletes any additional NPIV-based V_Ports created within this VF. Specifies the ID of the port on which the ports participation in VF mode is removed. (Optional) The default virtual fabric ID for the port. If you do not specify a virtual fabric ID, the ID is set to 1.
232
fabric
- -list port_id -A | - -All - -query port_id -f vf_id - -stats port_id -f vf_id - -statsclr port_id -f vf_id Example
Lists all configured, visible virtual fabrics. By default, only locally-configured fabrics display. Specifies the ID of the port that is associated with the virtual fabric. Lists all visible fabrics that are locally-configured. Queries the attributes of the virtual fabric. Specifies the ID of the port on which VF mode is enabled. Specifies the ID of the virtual fabric. Displays the virtual fabric statistics. Specifies the ID of the port on which VF mode is enabled. Specifies the ID of the virtual fabric. Clears the virtual fabric statistics. Specifies the ID of the port on which VF mode is enabled. Specifies the ID of the virtual fabric.
Num FLOGIs sent: 1 FLOGI response errors: 0 FLOGI accept errors: 0 FLOGI accepts received: 1 FLOGI rejects received: 0 Unknown responses for FLOGI: 0 Alloc waits before FLOGI sent:0 FLOGIs received: 0 Incoming FLOGIs rejected: 0 Fabric online notifications: 1 Fabric offline notifications: 0
See Also
None
233
fcdiag
fcdiag
Runs diagnostic tests on Fibre Channel components. The bcu fcdiag --linkbeacon command is not supported on the Brocade 804 HBA or the Brocade 1007 and Brocade 1741 CNAs. Synopsis bcu fcdiag - -fcping <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] bcu fcdiag - -fctraceroute <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] bcu fcdiag - -fcecho <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] bcu fcdiag - -linkbeacon <port_id> {on|off} bcu fcdiag - -scsitest <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l lpwwn] Description Operands Fibre Channel diagnostic tests evaluate the integrity of Fibre Channel components. - -fcping pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn - -fctraceroute pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn - -fcecho pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn - -linkbeacon port_id on | off Determines the basic connectivity between two Fibre Channel network points and monitors and measures network latency. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the remote port world wide name to which you want to issue a ping command. Specifies the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. The base port is specified as 0; otherwise, the port is a virtual port. Reports on a SAN path, including node hops and latency data. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the remote port world wide name. Specifies the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. The base port is specified as 0; otherwise, the port is a virtual port. Sends an FC Echo Extended Link Services (ELS) request to a remote port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the remote port world wide name on which you want to run the fcecho diagnostic test. Specifies the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. The base port is specified as 0; otherwise, the port is a virtual port. Blinks (toggles) the link beacon. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to run the linkbeacon test. Specifies if the linkbeacon test is on or off.
NOTE
234
fcdiag
Tests the SCSI components and displays the discovered LUN information. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the remote port world wide name. Specifies the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. The base port is specified as 0; otherwise, the port is a virtual port.
# bcu fcdiag --fctraceroute 2/0 50:05:07:63:04:13:46:eb Error: Reject from attached fabric
# bcu fcdiag --fctraceroute 2/0 50:05:07:63:04:13:46:eb FC Traceroute completed successfully. Path Info:
Egress Port # 11 5
# bcu fcdiag --fctraceroute 2/0 50:05:07:63:04:13:46:e1 FC Traceroute Failed. Reason : Destination Port not in Fabric
LUN#
Vendor
Product
Revision
Size*
SANBlaze
VirtuaLUN Disk
v5.5
939800
*Size is expressed in bytes from Read capacity response (Max LBA* block size) **Status: All commands successfully expressed by Online One or more commands failed expressed by <SCSIcommand><SCSI status>/<ASC value>/<ASCQ value>. ASC and ASCQ valid for Check Condition. RL: Report LUN SI: SCSI Inquiry RC: Read Capacity command RD: Read (10) command
235
fcdiag
# bcu fcdiag --scsitest 1/0 20:02:00:11:0d:ef:f7:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------LUN# Type/Qualifier Vendor Product Revision Size* LUN status**
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Size:
One or more command failed expressed by <SCSIcommand> < SCSI status>/<ASC value>/<ASCQ value>. ASC & ASCQ valid for Check Condition RL: Report LUN SI: SCSI Inquiry RC: Read Capacity command RD: Read (10) command
# bcu fcdiag --scsitest 1/0 20:02:00:11:0d:ef:f7:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------LUN# Type/Qualifier Vendor Product Revision Size* LUN status**
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
00/000
SANBlaze
VirtuaLUN Disk
V5.5
939800
Online
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Size:
One or more command failed expressed by <SCSIcommand> < SCSI status>/<ASC value>/<ASCQ value>. ASC & ASCQ valid for Check Condition RL: Report LUN SI: SCSI Inquiry RC: Read Capacity command RD: Read (10) command
236
fcdiag
See Also
diag
237
fcoe
fcoe
Lists the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) port commands. The FCoE port can be identified by the adapter index, the FCoE port index, the FCoE port name, or the FCoE port world wide name. The port ID could be any of the following:
CAUTION Disabling the FCoE port is a destructive operation that affects the normal operation of the FCoE port. If the FCoE port is taken offline, all remote Fibre Channel Port (FCP) sessions are logged out and all outstanding input/output (I/O) operations are terminated. Synopsis bcu fcoe --enable <port_id> bcu fcoe --disable <port_id> bcu fcoe --stats <port_id> bcu fcoe --statsclr <port_id> Description Operands Enables or disables the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) port. - -enable port_id - -disable port_id - -stats port_id - -statsclr port_id Example
# bcu fcoe --enable 2/1 Port enabled.
Enables the FCoE port, if currently disabled. This command has no effect if the FCoE port is already enabled. Specifies the ID of the FCoE port that you want to enable. Disables the FCoE port, if currently enabled. Specifies the ID of the FCoE port that you want to disable. Displays the statistics for the FCoE port. Specifies the FCoE port for which you want to view statistics. Clears the statistics for the FCoE port. Specifies the FCoE port on which you want to clear statistics.
238
fcoe
# bcu fcoe --stats 2/1 FCoE port statistics: Seconds since stats reset DCB link up DCB link down FIP link up FIP link down FIP failures Invalid mac assignments Vlan requests Vlan notifications Vlan notification errors Vlan request timeouts Vlan invalids Discovery requests Discovery responses Discovery error frames Discovery unsolicited Discovery timeouts Discovery FCF not avail FIP link service req unsupp. FIP link service req errors FIP logo Clear virtual link requests FIP operation unsupp. FIP untagged frames Tx FCoE unicast frames Tx FCoE unicast vlan frames Tx FCoE unicast octets Tx FCoE mutlicast frames Tx FCoE mutlicast vlan frames Tx FCoE multicast octets Tx FCoE broadcast frames Tx FCoE broadcast vlan frames Tx FCoE broadcast octets Tx timeouts Transmit parity err Transmit FID parity err Tx pause frames Tx zero pause frames Tx first pause frames : 0 : 1 : 0 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 12 : 11 : 1868 : 42 : 0 : 3872 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
239
fcoe
Rx pause frames Rx zero pause frames Rx first pause frames Rx unicast octets Rx unicast frames Rx unicast vlan frames Rx multicast octets Rx multicast frames Rx multicast vlan frames Rx broadcast octests Rx broadcast frames Rx broadcast vlan frames
: 0 : 0 : 0 : 4264 : 14 : 14 : 4550 : 38 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
See Also
None
240
fcpim
fcpim
Enables or disables fast failover of initiator mode I/O. Synopsis bcu fcpim --stats <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu fcpim --statsclr <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu fcpim --pathtov <pcifn> <tov> bcu fcpim --query <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu fcpim --profile_on <pcifn> bcu fcpim --profile_off <pcifn> bcu fcpim --ioperf <port_range> [-l | -r] [-c count] [-i interval] bcu fcpim --ioperf <pcifn> [-r <rpwwn>] [-l <lpwwn>] [-c count] [-i interval] bcu fcpim --lunmaskenable <port_id> bcu fcpim --lunmaskdisable <port_id> bcu fcpim --lunmaskquery <port_id> [-r <rpwwn>] [-l <lpwwn>] bcu fcpim --lunmaskadd <port_id> <rpwwn> <lun#> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu fcpim --lunmaskdelete <port_id> <rpwwn> <lun#> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu fcpim --lunmaskclear <port_id> bcu fcpim --lunlist <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] [-v verbose] bcu fcpim --throttlequery <pcifn> bcu fcpim --throttleset <pcifn> <throttle_value> bcu fcpim --throttleclear <pcifn> Description Operands Enables or disables fast failover of the Fibre Channel Port (FCP) initiator mode I/O and displays or clears statistics. The default setting is off. - -stats pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn - -statsclr pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn Displays statistics related to the Fibre Channel port initiator mode. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the world wide name of the remote port for which you want to display statistics. Specifies the world wide name of the logical port or virtual port for which you want to display statistics. Clears statistics related to the Fibre Channel port initiator mode. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the world wide name of the remote port for which you want to clear statistics. Specifies the world wide name of the logical port or virtual port for which you want to clear statistics.
241
fcpim
Sets the path timeout value for the target device. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the optional path timeout value in seconds (1 through 60). The default TOV is 30 seconds. A value of 0 is not allowed. Queries the FCPIM attributes. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the world wide name of the remote port for which you want to query. Specifies the world wide name of the local port or virtual port for which you want to query. Sets the port I/O profiling on. When set to on, the input/output (I/O) profile gathers the I/O latency information based on size (average, minimum, and maximum). Specifies the PCI function number. Sets the port I/O profiling off. Specifies the PCI function number. Sets the I/O performance attributes at the physical port range. Specifies whether the range of ports on which you want to monitor performance. Sets if the port is a local port or a remote port. Specifies how many times the output will be printed on the screen. Specifies the output interval, in seconds.The default behavior is continuous refresh. Use Ctrl + C to terminate the interval. Sets the I/O performance attributes at the PCI function number level. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the I/O performance of a given local port (or all local ports) under the physical port. Specifies the I/O performance at I-T nexus between a local port and a remote port (or all remote ports) under the physical port. Specifies the sampling delay, in seconds. The sampling interval range is from 1 through 10, and the default is 1 second. Specifies the output interval, in seconds. The default behavior is continuous refresh. Use Ctrl + C to terminate the interval. Enables the LUN masking feature for a specified port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to enable LUN masking. Disables the LUN masking feature for a specified port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to disable LUN masking. Displays the active LUN masking configuration for the given port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to display the LUN masking configuration.
pcifn - -profile_off pcifn - -ioperf port_range -l | -r -c count -i interval - -ioperf pcifn -l lpwwn -r rpwwn -c count -i interval - -lunmaskenable port_id - -lunmaskdisable port_id - -lunmaskquery port_id
242
fcpim
Specifies the world wide name of the remote port for which you want to query. Specifies the world wide name of the local port or virtual port for which you want to query. Adds the LUN mask entry (the LUN number) on the target (identified by the remote port world wide name) for the initiator (identified by the logical port world wide name). Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to add LUN masking. Specifies the world wide name of the remote port (the target). Specifies the LUN number to be added to the LUN mask entry. Specifies the world wide name of the lport (the initiator). Deletes the LUN mask entry (the LUN number) on the target (identified by the remote port world wide name) for the initiator (identified by the local port world wide name). Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to delete LUN masking. Specifies the world wide name of the remote port (the target). Specifies the LUN number to be added to the LUN mask entry. Specifies the world wide name of the local port (the initiator). Deletes all the LUN masks on a specified port. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to delete all LUN masks. Displays all remote ports (rports) connected to an adapter port and displays information about each LUN, such as the LUN number, the device name, product, vendor, and revision number. Note that there are 8 LUNs for each target, except on Solaris operating systems, where there is only 1 LUN. Specifies the PCI function number on which you want to display LUN attributes. Indicates the LUN list is run in verbose mode. If this option is specified, all fields in the current output, including the bus, target, LUN, port world wide name, vendor, product, revision, size, and name) are displayed. Otherwise, only the bus target, LUN, port world wide name, and name are displayed. Specifies the world wide name of the local port (the initiator). Displays the current and configured value setting for the specified vHBA. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to display the current configured IO throttle value. Configures the maximum IO value for a given port. The configured value throttles the number of IOs that can be sent. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to set the maximum IO value. Specifies the throttle value. Supported values are from 1 to the maximum number allowed. If only 1 vHBA is configured, the maximum throttle value allowed is 2000.
pcifn -v verbose
243
fcpim
Clears the IO throttle configuration for the specified PCIFN and resets the value to the default, which is 2000 for a single vHBA. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to clear the current configured IO throttle value and reset to the default value.
# bcu fcpim --query 1/1 20:01:00:11:0d:6f:6b:45 FCP IM state: Data retransmission support: REC support: online Supported Supported
Task retry identification support: Not Supported Confirmed completions support: IO profile support: Supported OFF
Task retry identification support: Not Supported Confirmed completions support: IO profile start time IO completions: < 512B 512B to < 1K 1K 2K 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K to < 2K to < 4K to < 8K to < 16K to < 32K to < 64K to < 128K : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 Supported : 1279559124
128K to < 256K 256K to < 512K 512K to < 1M 1M > 2M to < 2M
244
fcpim
512B to < 1K min max average 1K to < 2K min max average 2K to < 4K min max average 4K to < 8K min max average 8K to < 16K min max average 16K to < 32K min max average 32K to < 64K min max average 64K to < 128K min max average 128K to < 256K min max average 256K to < 512K min max average : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
245
fcpim
512K to < 1M min max average 1M to < 2M min max average > 2M min max average : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
ITNIM Stats: num rport online num rport offline num prli sent out num fcxp alloc waits num prli rsp errors num prli rsp accepts rport is an initiator prli rsp parsing errors num prli rsp rejects num timeouts detected num sler notification from BFA : 5 : 4 : 5 : 5 : 0 : 5 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
HAL fcpim statistics Total IO Requests Data in-bound requests Data out-bound requests Total IO Completions Write data transfered in bytes Read data transfered in bytes Slowpath IO completions IO underrun IO overrun IO Request-Q wait IO Request-Q wait done No free IO tag IO timeouts : 59 : 52 : 7 : 59 : 3670016 : 3674224 : 20 : 20 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
246
fcpim
IO failure due to target offline: 0 IO protocol errors IO SBC-3 protection errors fcp-2 error recovery failed Delayed freeing of IO tag Host IO abort requests Host IO abort completions IO clean-up requests IO path tov expired IO abort completions IO cleaned-up due to IOC down IO comp with unknown tags : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
Abort request due to TM command : 0 Abort completion due to TM command: 0 IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus FW delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions IT Nexus delete requests SLER events Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM Requests TM Completions : 1 : 5 : 5 : 5 : 4 : 4 : 3 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 4 : 0 : 0
TM initiated IO cleanup success : 0 TM initiated IO cleanup failure : 0 No free TM tag TM Request-Q wait TM Request-Q wait done TM cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions Total data transfered in bytes : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 7344240
# bcu fcpim --statsclr 1/0 50:05:00:05:1e:13:9c:00 Successfully reset the fcpim level stats
247
fcpim
# bcu fcpim --pathtov 1/0 1 path timeout is set to 1 # bcu fcpim - -profile_on 1/1 fcpim profile is ON. Warning: fcpim profile ON will affect IO Performance.
=========================== 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 1/0 1/1 706 0 701 0 681 0 703 0 353.0 MB/s 0 350.5 MB/s 0 340.5 MB/s 0 351.5 MB/s 0
# bcu fcpim --ioperf 1/0 -l -r -c 3 -i 2 Port lport WWN rport WWN IOPs Throughput
============================================================================= 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 20:03:00:11:0d:45:0a:00 20:01:00:11:0d:6f:6b:00 20:02:00:11:0d:45:09:00 20:02:00:11:0d:ef:f7:00 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:53:16 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:53:15 10:00:00:05:1e:53:02:f3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 346.0 MB/s 0 0 0 0
<pause 2 sec> 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 20:03:00:11:0d:45:0a:00 20:01:00:11:0d:6f:6b:00 20:02:00:11:0d:45:09:00 20:02:00:11:0d:ef:f7:00 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:53:16 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:53:15 10:00:00:05:1e:53:02:f3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344.7 MB/s 0 0 0 0
248
fcpim
<pause 2 sec> 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 10:00:00:05:1e:55:46:51 20:03:00:11:0d:45:0a:00 20:01:00:11:0d:6f:6b:00 20:02:00:11:0d:45:09:00 20:02:00:11:0d:ef:f7:00 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:53:16 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:53:15 10:00:00:05:1e:53:02:f3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 344.2 MB/s 0 0 0 0
<exits>
# bcu fcpim --lunlist 1/1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------T:L Remote Port PWWN Dev Name
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0:0000-0000-0000-0000 0:0001-0000-0000-0000 0:0002-0000-0000-0000 0:0003-0000-0000-0000 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 /dev/sdb /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
249
fcpim
# bcu fcpim --lunlist 1/1 -v -------------------------------------------------------------------------------H:B:T:L Remote Port PWWN Dev Name Vendor Product Rev Size -------------------------------------------------------------------------------3:0:0:0000-0000-0000-0000 3:0:0:0001-0000-0000-0000 3:0:0:0002-0000-0000-0000 3:0:0:0003-0000-0000-0000 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 /dev/sdb /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB
# bcu fcpim --lunlist 1/1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------T:L Remote Port PWWN Dev Name
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0:0000-0000-0000-0000 0:0001-0000-0000-0000 0:0002-0000-0000-0000 0:0003-0000-0000-0000 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 /dev/sdb /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
250
fcpim
# bcu fcpim --lunlist 1/1 -v ------------------------------------------------------------------------------H:B:T:L Remote Port PWWN Dev Name Vendor Product Rev Size ------------------------------------------------------------------------------3:0:0:0000-0000-0000-0000 3:0:0:0001-0000-0000-0000 3:0:0:0002-0000-0000-0000 3:0:0:0003-0000-0000-0000 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 20:00:00:11:0d:47:42:00 /dev/sdb /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB SANBlaze VirtuaLUN V5.5 33.55MB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# bcu fcpim --throttlequery 2/0/0 IO Throttle: Max allowed: Current value: Configured: 2000 200 100
# bcu fcpim --throttleset 1/0/0 32 IO Throttle for vHBA port 1/0/0 will be set to 32.
# bcu fcpim --throttleclear 1/0/0 IO throttle for vHBA port 1/0/0 will be set to default.
See Also
vport
251
log
log
Sets the log level for each module. If no log level is specified, the current level is used. Synopsis Description bcu log - -level <pcifn> [<level>] [-m <fw|ha1|fcs|drv|aen|all>] The number of messages logged by the host depends on the predetermined logging level. Although the adapter might generate many messages, only certain types of messages are logged based on the specified logging level. - -level pcifn level Specifies the number of messages logged by the host, which depends on the predetermined logging level. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the adapter port. Specifies the severity level. Supported log levels include the following:
Operands
If no level is set, the default setting is used, which is Warning. -m fw|hal|fcs|drv|aen|all Specifies the type of log message. Supported log message types include the following:
Example
# bcu log --level 2/0
FW - Firmware messages HAL - Hardware abstraction layer messages FCS - Frame check sequence errors DRV - Driver messages AEN - Asynchronous messages ALL - All messages
FW log level is Warning HAL log level is Warning FCS log level is Warning DRV log level is Warning AEN log level is Warning
252
log
# bcu log --level 2/0 FW log level is Info HAL log level is Info FCS log level is Info DRV log level is Info AEN log level is Info
See Also
None
253
lport
lport
Lists the logical port (lport) commands. Synopsis bcu lport - -list <pcifn> bcu lport - -query <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu lport - -stats <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu lport - -statsclr <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] Description Lists all the logical ports (lports) under a given PCIFN. A logical port is a port that is logged into a fabric. Possible logical port type values are the following:
Base port Virtual port Logical port PWWN - logical ports port world wide name Logical port NWWN - logical ports port node world wide name FC addr - FC address of the logical port
Possible roles supported by the logical port are FCP initiator mode (IM), FCP target mode (FCPTM), and IP over FC support (IP). Operands - -list pcifn - -query pcifn -l lpwwn - -stats pcifn -l lpwwn - -statsclr pcifn -l lpwwn Lists all the logical ports for a specified PCI function. Specifies the PCI function number. Lists the attributes of the logical port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the logical ports world wide name for which you want to display information. If the lpwwn is not specified, the base port is used. Displays the logical ports statistics. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the logical ports world wide name for which you want to display statistical information. If the lpwwn is not specified, the base port is used. Clears the logical ports statistics. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the logical ports port world wide name for which you want to clear statistical information. If the lpwwn is not specified, the base port is used.
254
lport
Example
Num LPORTs: 3 ________________________________________________________________________________ PT BP VP VP* FC Addr 010dd00 010dd01 010dd02 LPORT PWWN 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:be 10:01:00:05:1e:41:9a:be 10:02:00:05:1e:41:9a:be LPORT NWWN 20:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:be 20:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:be 20:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:be FC4 Roles IM IM IM
FC address: 0c0100 Port wwn:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:aa:bb Node wwn:cc:dd:cc:aa:ff:cc:aa:ff Symbolic name: FC4 Role:fcpim ipfc*
*FC4 roles supported by the logical port include FCP initiator mode (fcpim), FCP Target mode (fcptm), and IP over FC (ipfc)
# bcu lport --query hba5_port0 - 1 01:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:00:01 State:Online FC address:0c0101 Port wwn:01:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:00:01 Node wwn:01:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:00:00
# bcu lport --stats hba5_port0 ns_plogi_sent ns_plogi_rsp_err ns_plogi_acc_err ns_plogi_accepts NS command rejects ns_plogi_unknown_rsp ns_plogi_alloc_wait NS command retries NS command timeouts ns_rspnid_sent ns_rspnid_accepts ns_rspnid_rsp_err : 1 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 1 : 0
255
lport
ns_rspnid_rejects ns_rspnid_alloc_wait ns_rftid_sent ns_rftid_accepts ns_rftid_rsp_err ns_rftid_rejects ns_rftid_alloc_wait ns_rffid_sent ns_rffid_accepts ns_rffid_rsp_err ns_rffid_rejects ns_rffid_alloc_wait ns_gidft_sent ns_gidft_accepts ns_gidft_rsp_err ns_gidft_rejects ns_gidft_unknown_rsp ns_gidft_alloc_wait MS command retries MS command timeouts ms_plogi_sent ms_plogi_rsp_err ms_plogi_acc_err ms_plogi_accepts MS command rejects ms_plogi_unknown_rsp ms_plogi_alloc_wait Num of RSCN received Num portid format RSCN Unsolicited recv frames Dropped received frames Received plogi Received prli Received adisc Received prlo Received logo Received rpsc Received unhandled ELS
: 0 : 0 : 1 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
Rport plogi retry timeout count : 0 Deleted rport (max retry of plogi): 0 Total IO Requests : 0
256
lport
Data in-bound requests Data out-bound requests Total IO Completions Write data transfered in bytes Read data transfered in bytes Slowpath IO completions IO underrun IO overrun IO Request-Q wait IO Request-Q wait done No free IO tag IO timeouts
: 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
IO failure due to target offline: 0 IO protocol errors IO SBC-3 protection errors fcp-2 error recovery failed Delayed freeing of IO tag Host IO abort requests Host IO abort completions IO clean-up requests IO path tov expired IO abort completions IO cleaned-up due to IOC down IO comp with unknown tags : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
Abort request due to TM command : 0 Abort completion due to TM command: 0 IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus FW delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions IT Nexus delete requests SLER events Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM Requests TM Completions : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
257
lport
No free TM tag TM Request-Q wait TM Request-Q wait done TM cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions Total data transfered in bytes
: 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
The following are examples of a Brocade 1020 expansion card versus a Brocade 825 card query:
# bcu lport --query 1/0 Port FC Addr: Port Type: Port PWWN: Port NWWN: Symbolic name: 860e01 Base Port (State: Linkup) 10:00:00:05:1e:8e:b6:02 20:00:00:05:1e:8e:b6:02 Brocade-825 | 3.1.0.1122| sles11-x64 | SUSE Linux
# bcu lport --query 2/0 Port FC Addr: Port Type: Port PWWN: Port NWWN: 8a0600 Base Port (State: Linkup) 10:00:00:05:1e:0f:1a:b1 20:00:00:05:1e:0f:1a:b1
Symbolic name: 825 | 2.3.0.0 | HB081222-RH4u7x86 | Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS release 4 (Nahant Update 7) | Role: Fabric Name: FCP Initiator 10:00:00:05:1e:05:09:29
See Also
None
258
pbind
pbind
Enables target port world wide name (WWN) binding to a persistent target ID for an operating system (OS) stack. Persistent binding is available on the Windows operating system only. You must disable and re-enable the port for the change to take effect. Synopsis bcu pbind - -list <port_id> -[-l <lpwwn>] bcu pbind - -set <port_id> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] <bus> <target> bcu pbind - -clear <port_id> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] Description Enables or disables target persistent binding and displays the list of mappings from the persistent binding module. The pbind command is only supported on the Windows platform. Operands - -list Queries the list of mappings from the persistent binding module. The status is marked as Active if the target was successfully assigned the configured bus and target values; otherwise, it is marked as Configured. Specifies the ID of the target port. Specifies the local or virtual ports world wide name. Configures persistent binding settings. Specifies the ID of the target port. Specifies the remote ports world wide name. Specifies the local or virtual ports world wide name. Specifies the bus ID that you want to bind. Specifies the target ID that you want to bind. Clears existing persistent binding settings. You must disable and re-enable the port after 60 seconds for the change to take effect. Specifies the ID of the target port. Specifies the remote ports world wide name. Specifies the local or virtual ports world wide name.
2/1
NOTE
port_id -l lpwwn - -set port_id rpwwn -l lpwwn bus target - -clear port_id rpwwn -l lpwwn Examples
10:00:00:05:1e:8c:ce:b3 10:00:00:05:1e:8c:ce:b1
259
pbind
10:00:00:05:1e:8c:ce:b3 10:00:00:05:1e:8c:ce:b2
10:00:00:05:1e:8c:ce:b3 10:00:00:05:1e:8c:ce:b3
C:\Program Files\BROCADE\Adapter\driver\util>bcu pbind --clear 1/0 10:00:00:05:1e:55:1d:84 Current persistent binding status: ENABLED
Binding cleared successfully. Please disable and re-enable the port after 60sec for the change to take effect.
See Also
None
260
pcifn
pcifn
Lists all Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) functions configured and visible on the adapter. Synopsis Description bcu pcifn - -list <ad_id> Displays a list of all active and configured PCI functions (PCIFN) on a specified adapter. You must enable vhba 0 of port 0 before running the bcu pcifn --list and bcu vhba --query commands. Operands - -list ad_id Examples
# bcu pcifn --list 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Fn Port Type QPairs MSI-X Option SR-IOV Max Active VFs
NOTE
Lists the details of PCI functions. The adapter identifier on which PCI functions reside. The adapter ID could be the adapter index, serial number, name, or hardware path.
Resources Rom
capable VFs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------Active: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH FC FC 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled N N N N N N N N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
Configured: 0 1 2 3 4* 5 6 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH FC FC 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled N N N N N N N N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Also
None
261
phy
phy
The Ethernet physical layer (phy) module aids in communication to and from the Ethernet. The phy command updates the firmware and queries the attributes and statistics of the external phy module. The phy commands are applicable to converged network adapters that are installed with the Phy module only (version 2.3 and later). Synopsis bcu phy - -update <ad_id | -a> <image_file> bcu phy - -query <port_id> bcu phy - -stats <port_id> Description Operands Updates the PHY firmware and queries the attributes and statistics of the external PHY module. - -update ad_id | -a Updates the firmware of the NetLogic PHY module. Specifies the adapter ID on which the firmware will be updated. If -a is specified, the update occurs on all eligible adapters on the system. An adapter is eligible if it contains the external PHY hardware. Specifies the firmware image file that will be used to update the specified adapter. Displays the PHY module attributes for the specified port. Specifies the port on which the PHY module attributes will be displayed. Displays the PHY module statistics for the specified port. Specifies the port on which the PHY module statistics will be displayed.
NOTE
# bcu phy --update 1 fwimg Updating Phy Firmware on the port 1/0 Successfully updated the Firmware Updating Phy Firmware on the port 1/1 Successfully updated the Firmware
# bcu phy --query 1/0 Phy Module attributes: Phy status: Good Firmware version: 0x920c Link partner auto-negotiation ability: Yes PHY auto-negotiation ability: Yes AN complete: No PMA/PMD link status: Link up PMA/PMD signal detected: No PCS link status: Link up
262
phy
Phy stats status: Good Link breaks after linkup: 0 PMA/PMD receive fault: Detected PMA/PMD transmit fault: Detected PCS receive fault: Detected PCS transmit fault: Detected Speed negotiations: 1 TX EQ trainings: 0 TX EQ timeouts: 4 CRC errors: 4
See Also
None
263
port
port
Lists the port commands (the physical ports on the adapter), along with their basic attributes. The port ID can be any one of the following:
Port ID Adapter ID Port world wide name Port name Port hardware path
NOTE
The available speed options depend on the HBAs speed and the ports SFP. Auto-negotiate is the recommended setting and it is the default. Synopsis bcu port - -dfsize <port_id> [<dfsize>] bcu port - -disable <port_id> bcu port - -enable <port_id> bcu port - - faa <port_id> query bcu port - -fwstats <port_id> bcu port - -fwstatsclr <port_id> bcu port - -list [<-verbose | -terse>] bcu port - -mode <port_id> [HBA|CNA|NIC] [-f] bcu port - -name <port_id> [port_name] bcu port - -perf <port_range|all> [-c count] [-i interval] bcu port - -query <port_id> bcu port - -speed <port_id> [<speed>] bcu port - -stats <port_id> bcu port - -statsclr <port_id> bcu port - -topology <port_id> [p2p|loop]
264
port
Operands
- -dfsize
Queries or sets the ports maximum receive data field size. If you do not specify a value, the current receive buffer size displays. Note: The new receive data field size takes effect when the port is re-enabled. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the data field size. Indicates the maximum supported receive data field size, in decimal value. Possible values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 2112. If set to auto, the default value is used, which is 2112. Disables the physical port, if currently enabled. This is a destructive operation and affects normal operation of the port. The port is taken offline, all remote FCP sessions are logged out, and all outstanding input/output (I/O) operations are terminated. You are prompted before disabling occurs. Specifies the ID of the port you want to disable. Enables the physical port if it is disabled. Specifies the ID of the port you want to enable. Queries and displays the status of the fabric-assigned port WWN. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display information. Queries the attributes of the fabric assigned address. Displays the firmware statistics for a port. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display firmware statistics. Clears the firmware statistics for an adapter. Specifies the ID of the adapter for which you want to clear firmware statistics. Lists all the physical ports along with their basic attributes. Note: Information about the virtual HBAs and virtual NICs associated with the port are not displayed.
port_id df_size
- -disable
port_id - -enable port_id - -faa port_id query - -fwstats port_id - -fwstatsclr port_id - -list
265
port
Port# - The port number, displayed in adapter ID or port number forrmat. FN - The function number. FC Addr - The 24-bit Fibre Channel address. PWWN - The port world wide name. SFP - The SFP value (no module present, shortwave laser, or unsupported SFP detected). Media - sw, us (shown on the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter), and mz (shown on the Brocade 804, Brocade 1007, and Brocade 1741 mezzanine adapters). fc-T - Displays the trunking flag (on or off). A new trunked port entry is listed along with physical ports when adapter trunking is enabled. The suffix T and the port number indicates the trunked port corresponds to all adapter ports. State - The state of the port. Possible values are Linkup, Linkdown, Disabled, Bypassed, DCB Linkup, and IOC disabled. Loopback - The port is in loopback mode. Spd - The port speed is one of the following: 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, 8 Gbps, 16 Gbps, or unknown. Type - The port type. Possible values are N, where the Fabric is attached to an N_Port; P, where the port is directly attached to another N_Port; or UN = Unknown. An appended asterisk (*) indicates a configured topology, rather than an auto-negotiated topology. Mode - The ports operational mode. Possible values are FC (FC storage is allowed), CNA (Ethernet and FCoE traffic is allowed), and Ethernet (only Ethernet traffic is allowed).
Displays all the attributes on the port. Displays only the port-level information. Specifies the ports mode (for the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter only). A power cycle is required to enforce the mode change. Specifies the ID of the adapter. Specifies the mode of the port and the maximum physical functions for the port. Each port on the adapter can be independently configured as an HBA, a CNA, or a NIC port.
The HBA is configured as an FC adapter that allows storage traffic only. The CNA is configured as a converged Ethernet adapter that allows
network and storage traffic.
266
port
port_name
Specifies a new name for the port. The name can include up to 15 alphanumeric characters and must begin with an alphabetic letter, can consist of letters, digits, hyphens, and underscore characters. Naming a port is optional; if you do not specify a port name, the current port name displays. Displays the data throughput for a given port and for a given interval. If the physical port has multiple logical (virtual) ports, then the port performance is listed for each port. On VMware ESX 5.0 systems, BCU commands are integrated with the esxcli infrastructure; therefore, you must precede the BCU command with esxcli; for example: # esxcli brocade bcu --command=port --perf all -c 1 The command must be in quotes, as shown in the example above. In addition, the bcu port --perf command does not work without the -c option, where -c can be any number (limited by the esxcli buffer size).
- -perf
Specifies the port range (for example, 1/0, 1/0-2/1) or all. Specifies the number of iterations of the display. The default behavior is to continually refresh; you can terminate the default with CTRL-C. Specifies the interval delay value, in seconds. The default interval value is 1 second. Queries and displays the maximum physical functions (PFs) configured for the port. Note: If topology is set to loop, QoS, target rate limiting (TRL), and switch-related information is not displayed.
port_id - -speed
Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display information. Queries or sets the port speed. The port speed can be changed dynamically (when the port is enabled) but the speed change does not take effect until after a port disable or enable is performed. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to set the port speed. Queries or sets the port speed. Possible values are auto (to auto-negotiate the speed) and 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 16 Gbps and unknown speeds. The 10 Gbps speed is only valid for the converged network adapter (CNA) and the 16 Gbps speed is only valid for the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter. Note: The 1 Gbps speed is not valid for an 8 Gbps HBA (Brocade 825 or Brocade 815) and the 8 Gbps speed is not valid for a 4 Gbps HBA (Brocade 425 or Brocade 415). 1, 2, 4, and 8 Gbps speeds are valid for a mezzanine card.
port_id speed
Displays the physical port-level statistics. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display statistical information. Clears port-level statistics. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to clear statistical information.
267
port
- -topology
Queries or sets the port topology. A port disable and enable are required to enforce the topology change. Note: The topology operand is not applicable to CNAs. Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display or set the topology. Specifies the topology type. Supported topology mode is point-to-point (p2p) or loop. You can set the toplogy to loop only if QoS, rate limiting, vport, trunk, and vhba are disabled.
port_id p2p|loop
Examples
# bcu port --list Port FN # 1/0 0 2 3 1/1 1 2/0 -0 2/1 1 3/0 -0 2 -1 3 Type PWWN/MAC fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc dcb 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:66 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:66 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:68 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:70 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:67 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:67 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:ca 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:ca 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:cb 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:cb 00:05:1e:55:3a:18 FC Addr -011f00 011f00 011f00 ---059e80 -059c80 -120804 -120801 eth3 Media sw State Linkup Linkup Linkup Linkup Linkdown Linkdown Linkup Linkup Linkup Linkup DCB Linkup Linkup Linkup DCB Linkup Linkup Linkup Spd 8G 2G 2G 4G --4G 4G 4G 4G 10G 5G 5G 10G 10G 10G
--sw sw sw -eth2 sw
3/1
fcoe 10:00:00:05:1e:55:3a:18 eth 00:05:1e:55:3a:1a dcb 00:05:1e:55:3a:19 fcoe 10:00:00:05:1e:55:3a:19 eth 00:05:1e:55:3a:1b
# bcu port --list -terse Port FN # 1/0 1/1 2/0 2/1 3/0 3/1 Type PWWN/MAC fc fc fc fc dcb dcb 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:66 10:00:00:05:1e:0a:31:67 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:ca 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:cb 00:05:1e:55:3a:18 00:05:1e:55:3a:19 FC Addr Media sw -sw sw sw sw State Linkup Linkdown Linkup Linkup DCB Linkup DCB Linkup Spd 8G -4G 4G 10G 10G
268
port
Port#
FN
Type
PWWN/MAC
Media
State
Spd
--------------------------------------------------------------------------1/0 0 2 2/0 2/1 dcb fcoe fc-T fc fc 00:05:1e:a1:28:8b 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:28:8b 10:00:00:05:1e:61:69:9b 10:00:00:05:1e:61:69:9b 10:00:00:05:1e:61:69:9c --010800 --sw sw sw sw Linkdown Linkdown Linkup Linkup Linkup 8G 4G 4G ---
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# bcu
# bcu
# bcu port --faa 1/0 --query FAA state: Enabled PWWN: 10:00:00:05:33:26:6c:ea PWWN source: Factory
# bcu port --stats 1/0 FC port statistics: Seconds since stats is reset : 446910 Tx frames : 1178 Tx words : 20034 Tx LIP : 0 Tx LIP_F7F7 : 0 TX LIP_F8F7 : 0 Tx NOS : 0 Tx OLS : 0
269
port
Tx LR : 0 Tx LRR : 0 Rx frames : 3325 Rx words : 909943 Rx LIP : 0 Rx LIP_F7F7 : 0 Rx LIP_F8F7 : 0 Rx NOS : 0 Rx OLS : 0 Rx LR : 0 Rx LRR : 0 Rx CRC err frames : 0 Rx CRC err good EOF frames : 0 Rx undersized frames : 0 Rx oversized frames : 0 Rx frames with bad EOF : 0 Errored frames : 0 Dropped frames : 0 Link Failure (LF) count : 1 Loss of sync count : 0 Loss of signal count : 0 Primitive sequence protocol err. : 0 Invalid ordered sets : 0 Encoding err nonframe_8b10b : 0 Encoding err frame_8b10b : 0 Credit Recovery-Frames Lost : 0 Credit Recovery-Credits Lost : 0 Credit Recovery-Link Resets : 0 Loop timeouts : 0
270
port
loss_of_signals primseq_errs invalid ordered set nonframe coding err invalid_crcs frames undersized frames oversized frames bad EOF frames error_frames dropped_frames
: 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
512-1023 byte frames : 2337 1024-1518 byte frames: 281686685 1519-1522 byte frames: 0 tx_frames tx_bytes tx_mcast frames tx_bcast frames tx_drop frames tx_jabber frames tx_fcs_error frames tx_control frames tx_fragments rx_frames rx_bytes rx_mcast frames rx_bcast frames rx_control frames : 422530324 : 181971963859 : 1710 : 754 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 563372638 : 187640498430 : 1847 : 7423 : 0
rx_unknown_op frames : 0 rx_drop frames rx_jabber frames rx_fcs_error frames rx_align_err frames : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
rx_length_err frames : 0
271
port
rx_code_error rx_fragments tx_pause tx_zero_pause rx_pause rx_zero_pause tx_fcoe_pause tx_fcoe_zero_pause rx_fcoe_pause rx_fcoe_zero_pause
: 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0
# bcu port --topology 1/1 p2p setting will be enforced after port - -disable and - -enable
# bcu port --topology 2/0 loop setting will be enforced after port - -disable and - -enable
# bcu port --query 1/0 port id: port mode:HBA port type: Max PFs:1 port instance: port name: Media: Beacon status: pwwn: nwwn: state: Speed: current: configured: Topology: current: configured: Loop Loop 8G Auto sw Off 10:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:ca 20:00:00:05:1e:53:0e:ca Linkup 0 8G FC 1/0
272
port
Windows Server 2003 R2 |Service Pack 2 maximum frame size: receive bb credits: transmit bb credits: QOS: TRL: TRL default speed: pbind status: FECEnabled 2112 48 8 Disabled Disabled 1G Enabled
# bcu port --query 3/0 port id: port mode:CNA port type: Max PFs:2 port instance: port name: Media: Speed: CNA/DCB state: Beacon status: FCoE: MAC: pwwn: nwwn: state: supported classes: symbolic name: 00:05:1e:55:3a:18 10:00:00:05:1e:55:3a:18 20:00:00:05:1e:55:3a:18 Linkup Class-3 BR-1020 | 2.0.0.006 | C06_I3650_83110 | sw 10G DCB Linkup Off 2 10G Ethernet 3/0
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 | Service Pack 2 maximum frame size: receive bb credits: transmit bb credits: QOS: TRL: TRL default speed: pbind status: Vlans: Eth: 2112 48 74 Disabled Disabled 1G Enabled --
273
port
# bcu port --query 2/0 function id: port type: port mode: port instance: port name: Media: Media: Beacon status: PWWN: nwwn: state: Speed: current: configured: Topology: current: configured: SNIA port type: supported classes: Loop Loop N Class-3 8G Auto sw sw Off 10:00:00:05:1e:ca:69:38 20:00:00:05:1e:ca:69:38 Linkup 3/0/0 8G FC FC 0
symbolic name: Brocade-825 | 3.1.0.1205 | 5RHEL_017229 | Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server release 5.6 (Tikanga) | maximum frame size: receive bb credits: transmit bb credits: FC Credit Recovery: 2112 48 8 Disabled
# bcu port --dfsize 1/1 2112 Setting will be enforced after port --disable and --enable
# bcu port --dfsize 1/1 auto Port maximum receive data field size set to driver default.
# bcu port --perf 1/0-1/1 Port Type FC 1/0 ETH FC 1/1 ETH
274
port
======================================================== TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX
# bcu port --perf all -c 3 -i 2 Port Type FC 1/0 ETH FC 1/1 ETH 2/0 FC 2/1 FC
================================================================================= TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX
================================================================================= 184.5M 185.6M <After 2 sec> 186.9M 185.6M <After 2 sec> 185.7M 186.6M 0 0 0 0 0 0 400.9M 402.0M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 402.9M 401.7M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 401.6M 402.9M 0 0
# bcu port --mode 1/0 HBA port 1/0 mode set to FC/HBA
# bcu port --mode 1/0 NIC ERROR: port 1/0 mode can only be set to FC/HBA
# bcu port --mode 1/0 CNA port 1/0 mode set to CNA with 4 PFs
See Also
adapter, vhba
275
NOTE
NOTE
You must first enter the bcu port --disable command, followed by the bcu port --enable command, before the bcu qos --enable or bcu qos --disable commands take effect. Operands - -enable port_id - -disable port_id - -query port_id - -setbw Enables Quality of Service (QoS). Specifies the ID of the port on which QoS is enabled. Disables QoS. Specifies the ID of the port on which QoS is disabled. Displays detailed attributes of a remote port. Specifies the ID of the port on which QoS is queried. Displays detailed attributes of a remote port. The % value represents the bandwidth in percentage for each of the priorities (high, medium, and low) and the three values must equal 100%. Note: The % values are applied to write-only traffic; the read-only traffic is the use value of the switch. port_id -h %value -m %value -l %value Specifies the ID of the port on which the bandwidth is set. Sets the QoS high priority. Sets the QoS medium priority. Sets the QoS low priority.
276
Displays QoS statistics. Specifies the ID of the port on which QoS statistics are displayed. Clears the QoS statistics. Specifies the ID of the port on which QoS statistics are cleared.
# bcu qos --query 2/0 QOS State: Total bb_credits: QOS bandwidth (Current) High priority Medium priority Low priority 50 38 12 Online 28
See Also
None
277
ratelim
ratelim
Enables or disables target rate limiting support on the HBA side. The target rate limiting feature is not supported on the converged network adapter (CNA) or virtual HBAs (vHBAs). Synopsis bcu ratelim --enable <port_id> bcu ratelim --disable <port_id> bcu ratelim --query <port_id> bcu ratelim --defspeed <port_id> [<1|2|4|8>] Description The target rate limiting feature is used to minimize congestion at the HBA port due to a slow drain device operating in the fabric at a slower speed. A remote ports operating speed is determined from the fabric. Traffic destined to the remote port is limited to its current operating speed. The default rate limit is 1 Gbps. Target rate limiting (TRL) is supported only when the HBA port is connected to the fabric. Therefore, TRL is not supported when the port is directly connected with another device. Possible port identifiers could be any one of the following:
Adapter ID Port ID Port WWN Port name (user-assigned) Port hardware path
You must first enter the bcu port --disable command, followed by the bcu port --enable command, before the bcu ratelim --enable or bcu ratelim --disable commands take effect. Operands - -enable port_id - -disable port_id - -query port_id - -defspeed port_id 1|2|4|8 Enables target rate limiting, if currently disabled. Target rate limiting is disabled by default. Specifies the ID of the port you want to enable. Disables target rate limiting on the HBA, if currently enabled. Specifies the ID of the port you want to disable. Queries the details of target rate limiting. Specifies the ID of the port you want to query. Defines the target rate limiting speed on the HBA. Specifies the ID of the port on which you want to specify the target rate limiting speed. Sets the target rate limiting speed on the HBA. Options are 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps. The speed must be less than the maximum speed at which the card can operate.
NOTE
278
ratelim
Examples
# bcu ratelim --enable 1/0 ratelim for port id 1/0/0 enabled Setting will be enforced after port --disable and --enable
# bcu ratelim --query 1/0 Target Rate Limiting: Default TRL Speed is: enabled 1G
# bcu ratelim --defspeed 1/0 2 Setting will be enforced after port --disable and --enable
# bcu ratelim --query 1/0 Target Rate Limiting: Default TRL Speed is: enabled 2G
# bcu ratelim --disable 1/0 ratelim for port id 1/0/0 disabled Setting will be enforced after port --disable and --enable
See Also
None
279
rport
rport
Lists the commands that apply to a remote port in a fabric. A remote port is a defined as a port that is physically separated from the adapter. The bcu rport --osname command is not supported in driver versions 3.0.0 and later; it has been replaced by the bcu fcpim --lunlist command. Synopsis bcu rport --list <pcifn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu rport --osname <port_id> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu rport --query <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu rport --stats <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] bcu rport --statsclr <pcifn> <rpwwn> [-l <lpwwn>] Description Operands Lists all the remote ports (rports) under a given port ID. - -list pcifn -l lpwwn - -osname port_id -l lpwwn - -query pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn Lists all remote ports accessible for a given logical port. Also displays ALPA values for FC Addr field for loop targets. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. Note: If the -l lpwwn argument is not specified, the base port is used. Lists all the osnames of the remote ports that are visible through the local port (driver versions 2.3 and earlier). Specifies the ID of the port for which you want to display osnames. Specifies the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. Displays detailed attributes of a remote port. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the remote port world wide name for which you want to query attributes. Specifies the logical port world wide name for which you want to query attributes of a remote port. This is an optional argument. Note: If the -l lpwwn argument is not specified, the base port is used. - -stats pcifn rpwwn -l lpwwn - -statsclr pcifn Displays remote port statistics. Specifies the PCI function number. Displays the remote ports port world wide name. Displays the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument. Note: If the -l lpwwn argument is not specified, the base port is used. Clears the remote port statistics. Specifies the PCI function number.
NOTE
280
rport
Specifies the remote ports port world wide name for which you want to clear remote port statistics Displays the logical port world wide name. This is an optional argument.
# bcu rport --list 2/0 Num RPORTs = 3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------FC Addr Remote Port PWWN Remote Port NWWN State df_sz
---------------------------------------------------------------------------010ada 010adc 010ae1 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6a:04 21:00:00:04:cf:75:5b:3b 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6d:44 20:00:00:04:cf:75:6a:04 20:00:00:04:cf:75:5b:3b 20:00:00:04:cf:75:6d:44 online online online 2048 2048 2048
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
# bcu rport --query 1/1 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6a:04 RPORT FC Address: RPORT port wwn: RPORT node wwn: State:online Class of Service: Data Field size: Cont.Incr.seq_cnt(CISC): Speed: QOS Priority: symbolic name: Class-3 2112 Not Supported 2G M 010ada 21:00:00:04:cf:75:6a:04 20:00:00:04:cf:75:6a:04
# bcu rport --stats 5/1 aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:00:01 Offlines: 2 Onlines: 3 rscns: 0 plogis: 0 logos: 2 plogi_timeouts: 0 plogi_rejects: 2
# bcu rport --statsclr 1/0 aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:00:01 Successfully reset the rport level stats
See Also
fcpim
281
team
team
The team command allows you to create and manage team members and VLANs on teams. A network interface team is a collection of physical network (Ethernet) interfaces acting as a single interface. The primary benefits of teams are larger throughput, load balancing, and fault tolerance. Teaming is supported only on the Windows operating system and does not support virtual NICs (vNICs). Synopsis bcu team - -list bcu team - -query <team_name> bcu team - -create <team_name> <team_mode> <pcifn1> [..<pcifnN>] bcu team - -addport <team_name> <pcifn1> [..<pcifnN>] bcu team - -remport <team_name> <pcifn1> [..<pcifnN>] bcu team - -name <team_name> <new_team_name> bcu team - -primary <team_name> <pcifn> bcu team - -delete <team_name> bcu team - -vlanadd <team_name> <vlan_id> [<vlan_name>] bcu team - -xmit_policy <team_name> <xmit_policy> bcu team - -vlanedit <team_name> <vlan_id> <new_vlan_name> bcu team - -vlanlist <team_name> bcu team - -vlanquery <team_name> <vlan_id> bcu team - -vlanremove <team_name> <vlan_id> Description Operands Configures team members and VLANs on the teaming interface. - -list - -query team_name - -create team_name team_mode pcifn1-n Lists all the configured teams in the system. Queries the teaming configuration. Specifies the team name. Adds a new teaming interface to the system. Specifies the teaming interface name. Specifies the team mode. Supported values are 802.3ad, failover, and failback. Specifies the PCI function number. You can specify a maximum of 8 PCI functions. The PCI function numbers you specify cannot be from the same port. Adds one or more ports to the team. The maximum number of ports per team is 8. Specifies the team to which a port will be added.
NOTE
- -addport team_name
282
team
Specifies the PCI function number. You can specify a maximum of 8 PCI functions. Removes a specified port from an existing team. Removal of the last port from the team is not permitted. Specifies the team from which a port will be removed. Specifies the PCI function number. You can specify a maximum of 8 PCI functions. Modifies the teams interface name. This command applies to the failover or failback teaming modes only. By default, the system selects a primary interface that you can modify. Specifies the existing teaming interface name. Specifies the new teaming interface name. Modifies the teams primary interface name. This command applies to failover and failback teams only. By default, the system selects a primary interface which you can modify using this command. Specifies the teaming interface name where the primary interface resides.. Specifies the PCI function number (the PCIFN must be a team member). Modifies the teams policy for traffic load balancing. This command applies to the 802.3ad teaming mode only. Specifies the existing team name. The transmit policy. Supported values include the following policies:
team_name - -primary
new_team_name
13_14 => ((source port XOR dest port) XOR ((source IP XOR dest IP) AND 0xffff) % (team member count)
- -delete team_name - -vlanadd team_name vlan_id vlan_name - -vlanremove team_name vlan_id - -vlanedit team_name Removes an existing teaming interface from the system. Specifies the teaming interface name to be removed from the system. Adds a new VLAN ID to a team. Specifies the name of the teaming interface on which you want to add a VLAN. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094. Specifies the VLAN name. Removes an existing VLAN ID from the teaming interface. Specifies the name of the team from which you want to remove a VLAN. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094. Modifies the VLAN name attribute of the specified VLAN on the team. Specifies the name of the teaming interface on which you want to modify a VLAN.
283
team
vlan_id
Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094. Lists the configured VLANs on the teaming interface. Specifies the name of the team on which you want to list configured VLANs. Queries the VLAN information on the team. Specifies the name of the team for which you want to display the VLAN details. Specifies the VLAN ID. The supported range for the VLAN ID is from 0 through 4094.
new_vlan_name Specifies a different name for the VLAN. - -vlanlist team_name - -vlanquery team_name vlan_id Examples
----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------
# bcu team --addport ABC 1/0 1/1 Added interface 1/0 to the Team ABC Added interface 1/1 to the Team ABC
# bcu team --create ABC failover 1/0 1/1 Team ABC created successfully
# bcu team --name ABC XYZ Team name ABC is changed to XYZ successfully
284
team
# bcu team --primary ABC 1/1/1 Team ABC primary settings changed successfully
# bcu team --xmit_policy ABC l3_l4 Team ABC transmit policy settings changed successfully
# bcu team --remport ABC 1/0/1 Removed interface 1/0/1 from the Team ABC
# bcu vlan --query 1 team-1 vlan id: 1 vlan name: VLAN0001 vlan statistics: Tx Bytes: Rx Bytes: Duration: Status: 200 100 2:30:32 Connected
# bcu team --query team-2 Teaming Information: Team Id: Team mode: MAC Address: team-2 failback 2:4:1:2:5:6
Num of ports: 2 Member info: 2/0: 3/0: Statistics: Tx Bytes Rx Bytes Duration Status : : : : 1200 1100 12:30:32 Connected Local Area Connection 2 (UP) (Primary) (Active) Local Area Connection 3 (UP)
See Also
None
285
trunk
trunk
The trunk command allows you to enable or disable trunking on an adapter and display the trunk attributes. When trunking is enabled, multiple physical ports are trunked together to form a logical Fibre Channel port.
CAUTION Enabling trunking brings down all the adapter ports and then brings them back up to apply the settings. The adapter ID can be any of the following:
Synopsis
bcu trunk - -enable <ad_id> bcu trunk - -disable <ad_id> bcu trunk - -query <ad_id>
Description
Enables and disables trunking for an adapter and queries the trunk attributes. The link state can be any one of the following:
Linkup Linkdown MisSpd MisGrp MisMode The trunking negotiation is successful and the link is up. The link is down due to port disable, cable removal, or remote port down. The speed mismatch between the links corresponding to the trunked ports. The trunked ports are connected to different trunk groups on the switch. The trunked ports have different configurations (for example, one trunked port has trunking enabled and another port has QoS and trunking enabled).
Operands
Enables trunking for a specified adapter, if currently disabled. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to enable. Disables trunking for a specified adapter, if currently enabled. Specifies the ID of the adapter you want to disable. Queries or displays trunk attributes. Specifies the ID of the adapter for which you want to query.
# bcu trunk --query 1 Trunk state: Trunk Port id: Trunk Speed: Linkup 1/0 8G
286
trunk
Port address: Port id: Port state: Link state: Flow CTL mode: Remote wwn: Speed: Deskew value:
Port id: Port state: Link state: Flow CTL mode: Remote wwn: Speed: Deskew value:
# bcu trunk - -query 2 Trunk state: Trunk Port id: Trunk Speed: Port address: Port id: Port state: Link state: Flow CTL mode: Remote wwn: Speed: Deskew value: Port id: Port state: Link state: Flow CTL mode: Remote wwn: Speed: Linkdown 2/0 ---2/0 Enabled unknown Normal 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 ---2/1 Enabled unknown Normal 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 ---
See Also
adapter, port
287
vhba
vhba
The vhba command allows you to enable or disable a virtual HBA on a specified adapter port. When enabled, you can set the coalesce flag and the ports latency and delay interrupt attributes. Use the pcifn --list <adapter_id> command to view the virtual instances for both the vHBA and the vNIC. The physical port must be supported on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC, which is compatible with the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models. Synopsis bcu vhba --query <pcifn> bcu vhba --enable <pcifn> bcu vhba --disable <pcifn> bcu vhba --stats <pcifn> bcu vhba --statsclr <pcifn> bcu vhba --intr <pcifn> <-coalesce|-c> {on|off} [<latency> <delay>] Description Configures a single physical HBA port into multiple vHBA ports.
NOTE
NOTE
You must enable vhba 0 of port 0 before running the bcu pcifn --list and bcu vhba --query commands. Operands - -query pcifn - -enable pcifn - -disable pcifn - -stats pcifn - -statsclr pcifn - -intr pcifn -c on|off Queries information about the virtual HBA. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Enables a vHBA on a specified adapter port for a specified PCI function. The vHBA must have been created and then disabled before it can be enabled. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Disables a vHBA on a specified adapter port for a specified PCI function. If the virtual HBA is not enabled, this command has no effect. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Gathers the statistics for the virtual HBA. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Resets or clears the vHBA statistics. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Sets the interrupt attributes for the port. Specifies the PCI function number of the physical port on which you want to set interrupt attributes. Sets the coalesce flag. Sets the ports interrupt attributes. Possible values are on or off.
288
vhba
latency
Sets the latency monitor timeout value. Latency can be from 0 through 225 microseconds. A latency value of 0 disables latency monitor timeout interrupt. The default latency value is 225 for an HBA. Sets the delay timeout interrupt value. A delay can be from 0 through 1125 microseconds. A delay value of 0 disables the delay timeout interrupt. The default delay value is 1125 for an HBA.
delay
Examples
#bcu vhba --query 1/0/1 PCI Function Index1/0/1 f/w ver Bandwidth8G IOC StateOperational PWWN10:00:00:06:1e:41:9a:cc NWWN20:00:00:06:1e:41:9a:cc Path TOV45 seconds PortlogEnabled IO ProfileOn interrupt coalescing on interrupt delay25 us interrupt latency5 us
IOC stats:
mailbox interrupts: 336550 enable events: 1 disable events: 0 heartbeat failures: 0 firmware boots: 0 stats timeouts: 0
289
vhba
Total IO Requests Data in-bound requests Data out-bound requests Total IO Completions Write data transfered in bytes Read data transfered in bytes Slowpath IO completions IO underrun IO overrun IO Request-Q wait IO Request-Q wait done No free IO tag IO timeouts
IO failure due to target offline: 0 IO protocol errors IO SBC-3 protection errors fcp-2 error recovery failed Delayed freeing of IO tag Host IO abort requests Host IO abort completions IO clean-up requests IO path tov expired IO abort completions IO cleaned-up due to IOC down IO comp with unknown tags : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1 : 0 : 0
Abort request due to TM command : 0 Abort completion due to TM command: 0 IT Nexus create requests IT Nexus FW create requests IT Nexus FW create completions IT Nexus onlines IT Nexus offlines IT Nexus FW delete requests IT Nexus FW delete completions IT Nexus delete requests SLER events Num IOC disables IT Nexus cleanup completions TM Requests TM Completions : 256 : 1277 : 1277 : 1277 : 1023 : 1023 : 769 : 0 : 1 : 256 : 1023 : 0 : 0
290
vhba
TM initiated IO cleanup failure : 0 No free TM tag TM Request-Q wait TM Request-Q wait done TM cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleanup requests TM cleanup completions Total data transfered in bytes : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 1782125440
: 0 : 0 : 0
Delayed freeing of IO resources : 2 Host IO abort requests Total IO count IO cleaned-up due to IOC down TM cleaned-up due to IOC down : 2 : 86 : 0 : 0
See Also
None
291
vnic
vnic
The vnic command allows you to configure a single physical CNA Ethernet port into multiple virtual Network Interface Cards (NICs). You can configure up to 4 virtual NICs per port. Each vNIC can then be individually configured for output bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps. The minimum bandwidth is 100 Mbps and the maximum bandwidth is 10,000 Mbps. Use the pcifn --list <adapter_id> command to view the virtual instances for both the vHBA and the vNIC. The physical port must be supported on the 16 Gbps FC/10 Gbps Ethernet ASIC, which is compatible with the Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter models. Synopsis bcu vnic - -create <port_id> [-bmin <min_bandwidth>] [-bmax <max_bandwidth>] bcu vnic - -delete <pcifn> bcu vnic - -query <pcifn> bcu vnic - -enable <pcifn> bcu vnic - -disable <pcifn> bcu vnic - -stats <pcifn> bcu vnic - -statsclr <pcifn> bcu vnic - -bw <pcifn> [-bmin <min_bandwidth>] [-bmax <max_bandwidth>] Description Operands Configures a single physical CNA Ethernet port into multiple virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs). - -create Creates a new vNIC instance for a given adapter port. The user is assigned a MAC address from the 256 burnt-in MAC addresses available for the adapter. Optionally, you can specify the maximum bandwidth allowable for this vNIC. Note: The physical port must be configured as a CNA or NIC on supported ASIC-based hardware. port_id Specifies the ID of the port on which you are creating vNIC instances. The bandwidth value can be specified in one of two ways:
NOTE
292
vnic
- -delete pcifn - -query pcifn - -enable pcifn - -disable pcifn - -stats pcifn - -statsclr pcifn - -bw pcifn
Removes the specified vNIC instance. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Queries information about the virtual NIC. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Enables a vNIC on a specified adapter port for a specified PCI function. The vNIC must have been created and then disabled before it can be enabled. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Disables a vNIC on a specified adapter port for a specified PCI function. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Gathers the statistics for the virtual NIC. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Resets or clears the vNIC statistics. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the port. Modifies the maximum allowable bandwidth for a vNIC. Specifies the PCI function number associated with this adapter port. Specifies the minimum allowable output bandwidth. The minimum bandwidth is 100 Mbps.
-bmin min_bandwidth
-bmax max_bandwidth Specifies the maximum allowable output bandwidth in increments of 100 Mbps. The maximum bandwidth is 10,000 Mbps. Examples
# bcu vnic --create 1/1 100 vnic is now created at 1/1/1 with max bw of 100 Mbps
# bcu vnic --create 1/1 100 Error: The adapter/port 1/1 is configured as a FC port. A vNIC can only created if the underlying/base adapter port is configured as a CNA or NIC port. Not supported on this family of adapters.
# bcu vnic --delete 1/1/1 vnic is now deleted A host reboot is needed for the changes to be effective.
# bcu vnic --enable 1/0/3 Error: vnic does not exist. Use the create command to create a vnic first.
293
vnic
294
vnic
Host assigned ID1 HW assigned ID1 MSIX vector2 Priority2 depth2048 Rx function: Host assigned ID0 HW assigned ID0 vmq/netqueue ID0 Num unicast MAC address 3 Num unicast MAC + VLANs3 Num multicast MAC address 5 Promiscuous modedisabled Default modedisabled VLAN filterenabled RSS enabled Total Rx paths2 Rx path type<Single/Small_Large/Header_Data> Rx path CQ ID0 HW assigned CQ ID0 MSIX vector3 Rx queue Host assigned ID0 HW assigned ID0 Queue typeLarge buffer size1522 depth2048 Rx queue Host assigned ID1 HW assigned ID1 Queue typeSmall buffer size128 depth2048 Rx path CQ ID1 HW assigned CQ ID1 MSIX vector4 Rx queue Host assigned ID2 HW assigned ID2
295
vnic
Queue typeLarge buffer size1522 depth2048 Rx queue Host assigned ID3 HW assigned ID3 Queue typeSmall buffer size128 depth2048
# bcu vnic --bw1/1/1 -bmin 200 -bmax 40% bw for 1/1/1 has been successfully configured at 200 Mbps
IOC level stats enable events disable events heartbeat failures firmware boots stats timeouts stat queries mbox intr enables mbox intr disables mailbox interrupts Port level stats mac stats... bpc stats... rad stats... error stats... port level tx stats... port level rx stats... link toggle count CEE toggle count Tx Function 0 errors ucast packets ucast bytes ucast vlan mcast packets mcast bytes
296
vnic
mcast vlan bcast packets bcast bytes bcast vlan Tx queue 0 Tx stops Tx resumes lso4 packets lso6 packets lso errors ip4 cso packets tcp cso packets udp cso packets cso errors out of wi DMA map errors producer index consumer index hw consumer index Rx function 0 errors frame drops ucast packets ucast bytes ucast vlan mcast packets mcast bytes mcast vlan bcast packets bcast bytes bcast vlan Rx queue 0 Rx cleanups Rx posts Rx schedules Rx low buf count Rx alloc failures Rx mac errors Rx checksum errors Rx lro Rx lro flush
297
vnic
producer index consumer index Competion queue 0 producer index consumer index hw producer index
See Also
None
298
vport
vport
Lists the commands that apply to a virtual port. Synopsis bcu vport - -create <pcifn> <vpwwn> [-n <vnwwn>] [-s <sname>] bcu vport - -delete <pcifn> <vpwwn> bcu vport - -query <pcifn> <vpwwn> bcu vport - -stats <pcifn> <vpwwn> bcu vport - -statsclr <pcifn> <vpwwn> Description The vport commands enable you to create and delete virtual ports (vports) and display statistics about them. The vport commands are not supported on Solaris platforms. Operands - -create Adds a new vport in the base fabric. If the virtual fabric ID is not specified, the vport is created in the base fabric. FCP initiator mode is supported and applied to the vport by default. On a vport, both FCP initiator and FCP target functionality cannot be enabled; it must be one or the other. Specifies the PCI function number associated with the virtual port. Specifies the virtual port by its world wide name. The vport WWN is a required argument. Specifies the virtual port by the nodes world wide name for the vport. This is an optional argument. If not specified, the base port nodes world wide name is used. Adds the symbolic name for the virtual port. This is an optional argument. Deletes the specified vport. This deletes all associated objects, such as any associated login sessions and active I/O requests. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the virtual port by its world wide name. The vport WWN is a required argument. Queries information about the vport. This provides the vports status and information associated with FC-4s. If no port WWN is specified, the information provided is for the base vport. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the virtual port by its world wide name. The vport WWN is a required argument. Displays the statistics that are associated with the vport. If you do not specify the ports world wide name, the statistics listed are for the base vport. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the virtual port by its world wide name. The vport WWN is a required argument.
NOTE
299
vport
Clears the statistics that are associated with the vport. If you do not specify the ports world wide name, the statistics listed are for the base vport. Specifies the PCI function number. Specifies the virtual port by its world wide name. The vport WWN is a required argument.
# bcu vport --query 2/0 10:01:00:05:1e:41:9a:be Port wwn: 10:02:00:05:1e:41:9a:be Node wwn: 20:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:be FC Addr: State: Role: 010d02 online FCP initiator
# bcu vport --stats hba5_port0 fdisc retries:8 fdisc timeouts:2 fdisc rejects:3 NS command retries:0 NS command timeouts:1 NS command rejects:2 RSCN received:4
See Also
lport
300
Index
A
adapter command, 207 adapters HBA models, 2 supported operating systems, 13 Add Persistent Binding dialog box, 34 application log, 91 auth command, 212 authentication, security, 30
B
base port properties panel, 115 beaconing configuring using HCM, 103 configuring using the BCU, 103 boot groups, 55 boot LUN discovery, 5 boot over SAN description of, 54
command adapter, 207 auth, 212 diag, 99, 223 fcdiag, 100, 234 fcpim, 241 log, 46, 252 lport, 254 port, 264 rport, 280 vport, 299 Configure Names dialog box, 123 configuring HCM logging level, 47 persistent binding, 33 port speed, 32 queue depth, 61 rate limiting using the BCU, 37 security authentication using HCM, 28 configuring names, 47
D
D_Port, description of, 105 data center bridging capability exchange protocol (DCBX), 8 DCB features priority-based flow control (PFC), 8 DCB properties, 126 DCBCXP, 7 Define Name dialog box, 48 diag command, 223 diagnostics Ethernet, 101 running Ethernet test, 101 running port-level test, 95, 97 types of tests, 5, 9 using D_Port, 105
C
CNA Ethernet features, 7 FCoE features, 6 product overview, 3 throughput per port, 7 CNA expansion card port panel, 118 CNA port statistics panel, 120
301
dialog box Add Persistent Binding, 34 Configure Names, 123 Define Master Log Filter, 164 Define Name, 48 Edit Persistent Binding, 35 Event Properties, 132 Persistent Binding, 165 Protocol Tests diagnostics, 171 Test Log Details, 185 discovery description of, 5 setting up, 24 setting up out-of-band, 25
FCP-IM IO profile, 30 FCP-IM profile, 38 FC-SP, 5 fibre channel arbitrated loop (FCAL), 36, 268 filtering event log entries, 90 flow control, 8 frame data field size, 30 specifying using HCM, 33 specifying using the BCU, 33
H
HBA Properties panel, 116, 154 HCM authentication, 17, 18 features, 5 logging level configuration, 47 main window, 21 master log icons, 24 product icons, 23 software overview, 1 statistics monitoring, 5 host management, remote, 1 Hyper-V, used with teaming to create VLANs, 69
E
Edit Persistent Binding dialog box, 35 enhanced transmission selection, 7 enhanced transmission selection (ETS), 7 ESX systems support using BCU commands, 267 ESXi systems support on HCM and BNA, 14 Ethernet diagnostic test, running from HCM, 101 Ethernet diagnostics, 101 Ethernet flow control, 7 event categories, 163 event logs, how to filter, 90 Event Properties dialog box, 132 event severities, 24 events, master log, 89 execution throttle, 46 execution throttle, IO, 44
I
interrupt coalescing FCoE, 6 interrupt moderation, 6 IO execution throttle, 44 IO execution throttle, configuring using the BCU, 45 IO throttle and queue depth, 46
F
fabric assigned port WWN querying, 265 FA-PWWN assigning to fabric, 64 enabling using HCM, 65 limitations for Brocade 804, 65 FC-AL, 30 FC-AL topology, 36, 268 fcdiag command, 234 FCoE features of CNA, 6 fcpim command, 241
J
jumbo frames, 7
L
launching HCM on Linux, 16 on Solaris, 16 on Windows, 15 Linux, launching HCM, 16
302
LLDP, 8 log application, 91 master log, 89 test, 99 log command, 46, 252 log off, 26 login, how to skip, 16 lport command, 254
M
MAC addressing, 7 management software components, 1 Master Log Filter dialog box, 164 Master Log properties, 89 Master Log Properties tab, 163 monitoring statistics, 5
N
N_Port trunking, 40, 41 name configuration, 47 NetQueues, 9 network priority, 8 NPIV, 5 N-Port trunking, 6
O
operating systems supported on adapters, 13
persistent binding, 5, 30 configuring using HCM, 34, 35 configuring using the BCU, 36 enabling and disabling on host, 33 Persistent Binding dialog box, 165 persistent binding, configuring, 33 port 514, troubleshooting firewall issues, 93 port command, 264 port configuration basic options, 30 opening the basic dialog box, 31 port speed, 32 port logging level, 30 configuring using HCM, 31 configuring using the BCU, 32, 66 Port POM panel, 168 port properties panel, 166 port SFP management, 103 Port SFP panel, 176 port speed, 30 configuring using HCM, 32 configuring using the BCU, 33 Port Statistics panel, 169 port-level diagnostic tests, running from HCM, 97 port-level test how to run using HCM, 95 priority flow control (PFC), 8 product overview, 3 properties importing in EFCM format, 52 importing in FM format, 53 Protocol Tests diagnostics dialog box, 171
Q
QoS, 30, 62, 276 QoS by percentage, 63, 276 QoS configuration on host side, 62 Qos configuration, 276 on switch side, 62 Quality of Service (QoS), 30, 62, 276 queue depth configuring using the BCU, 61 queue depth and IO throttle, 46 queue depth, configuring, 46
P
panel CNA expansion card port, 118 CNA expansion card port statistics, 120 HBA Properties, 116, 154 Port POM, 168 Port SFP, 176 Port Statistics, 169 remote port properties, 162, 174 password how to change, 17, 18 path timeout, setting, 63
303
R
rate limiting configuration, 37 receive side scaling (RSS), 8 remote host management, 1 Remote port properties panel, 162, 174 resetting statistics, 86 rport command, 280
V
vHBA clearing statistics for, 79 disabling, 79 displaying statistics for, 79 enabling, 79 VLAN, 9 VLAN filtering, 9 VLAN tagging, 9 VMware ESX 3.5 and 4.0 troubleshooting firewall issues, 93 VMware ESX, using BCU commands, 267 VMware ESXi supportSave Utility, 108 vNIC clearing statistics for, 82 creating, 80, 82 deleting, 82 disabling, 82 displaying statistics for, 82 enabling, 82 modifying, 81 vPort creating, 43 deleting, 44 persistency, 42 restrictions, 42 vport command, 299
S
security authentication configuring using HCM, 28 configuring using the BCU, 30 SFP displaying information, 103 displaying using HCM, 103 displaying using the BCU, 104 port management, 103 SFP management, 103 skip login, 16 Solaris, launching HCM, 16 statistics, resetting, 86 supportSave categories of information, 107 collecting driver-related logs and configuration files, 108 collecting HCM application data, 108 collecting information for VMware ESXi servers, 108 collecting logs and configuration files using the BNA, 108 collecting on a port crash event, 109 collecting using a browser, 109 collecting using HCM, 108 collecting using the BCU, 109 collection sources, 107 configuring using the BCU, 109 syslog host, unblocking port 514, 93
W
Windows features bi-directional CDBs, 11 dump hibernation support, 11 synthetic FC ports, 11 WinPE, 11 WMI, 11 Windows, launching HCM application, 15 WWN adding a name, 53 exporting, 51 importing, 52 removing, 51
T
target rate limiting, 5, 30 target rate limiting (TRL), 5 TCP segmentation offload, 8 teaming, 8 test log details, 99 Test Log Details dialog box, 185 tree node pop-up menus, 12
304